ae - i .} t on > ge + . set sof eeye aie} i i ee i a oh vat : PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON ROR THE YEAR PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. LONDON: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER ROW. Le SL OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1877. COUNCIL. Tur Marquis oF TwrEppate, F.R.S., President. Tue Lorp ABINGER. Masor-Gen. Henry Crier, R.A., E.R.S. surer. Prorrssor Frower, F.R.S8., Vece- President. Joun P. Gassrorr, Jun., Esq. Rear Apmrrat THE Count Guet- cuEn, R.N. F, DuCanz Gopman, Esq. ArtHur Grote, Esq. Epmunp W. H. Horpsworrs, Esq. PRINCIPAL | Ropert Hupson, Esq., F.R.S., Georer Busx, Hsq., F.R.S. i | “% Vice-President. Proressor Mivart, F.R.S. | Prorsssor Newton, F.R.S., Vice- Rozert Droumnonp, Esq., Z'rea- | President. Henry Pottocr, Esq. Lrevur.-Cor. Sir Cuartes Rvus- SELL, Bart., M.P. | Osprrt Satvin, Esq., F.R.S. Puitip Lurney Scratmr, Esq., M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., Secretary. JosEpH TRAVERS Smit, Esq. Ricwarp H. 8. Vyvyan, Esq. Tue Lorp WALSINGHAM. OFFICERS. Office, 11 Hanover Square, W. P. L. Scrater, Esq., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Mr. F. H. Warernovse, Librarian. Mr. W. J. Witttams, Clerk. Gardens, Regent's Park, N.W. Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent. Proressor GARRoD, F.R.S., Prosector. LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. Page ABRAHAM, Purneas S., M.A., B.Sc., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S. Revision of the Anthobranchiate Nudibranchiate Mollusca, with Descriptions or Notices of forty-one hitherto undescribed Species. (Plates XXVII.—XXX.) 2.605: feeucese cece 196 Auston, Epwarp R., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. On the Rodents and Marsupials collected by the Rev. G. Brown in Duke-of-York Island, New Britain, and New Ire- ln CP lied XK VIPER GR ee ee 123 On an undescribed Shrew from Central America........ 445 Supplementary Note on Rodents and Marsupials from Duke-of-York Island and New Ireland ................ 743 Auston, Epwarp R., F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Dawrorp, Cuaruss G., F.Z.S. On the Mammals of Asia Minor. (Plate XXXI.)...... 270 AnpDERSsOoN, ANDREW, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a spotted egg of Ascalaphia coromanda . 807 Exhibition of, and remarks on, the young of + he albicollis and Seena aurantia ...............40.+. 0006 807 iv Page Exhibition of, and observations upon, the skin of a pair of Grebes (Podiceps cristatus) from India, together with two nestline birds; ~ ..5-.,.s>a22os pees oss each oer Aneas, Grorce Frencu, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., C.M.Z.S., &e. Description of a new Species of Helix from South Australia 33 Descriptions of two Genera and twenty Species of Marine Shells from New South Wales. (Plate V.) ............ 34 Descriptions of a new Species of Bulimus from Western Australia, and of a Paludinella from Lake Eyre, South Augtralia. (Plate XKVIL) 0. oo she st sce. ccs hewn abe Descriptions of one Genus and twenty-five Species of Marine Shells from New South Wales. (Plate XXVI.).... 171 A further List of Additional Species of Marine Mollusca to be included in the Fauna of Port Jackson and the adjacent Coasts of New South’ Wales 205255 saise'h Sa es cos ce he oe 178 Notes on a small Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells from South-east Madagascar, with Descriptions of new species.» (Plate aLTV.)..7:02 gaint es oie. Descriptions of a new Genus of Gasteropodous Mollusca from Japan, and a new Species of Bullia from Kurrachi. (Plates PY.) ... Sess yx lon Be Le feaaleek = 2 WER se erare iene eae Notes on the Helix sepulchralis of Férussac, and its Allies ; with Descriptions of two Species. (Plate LXXX.)........ 803 Barttett, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens. Description of a new Species of Numida. (Plate LXV.).. 652 BartTLetTtT, Epwarp, Curator of the Maidstone Museum. Remarks on the Affinities of Mesites ....-. Acker eee Batrs, H. W., F.L.S., F.Z.S. On the Coleoptera collected by the Rev. G. Brown, C.M.Z.S., on Duke-of-York Island, New Ireland, and New Britam,”* (Plates SOR. Gs RAV.) es en oS ee ee vi Page Breppome, Lieut.-Col. R. H., C.M.Z.S. Descriptions of three new Snakes of the Family Uropeltide OE SRSTU U2, 675 2) Rte a 167 Descriptions of new Reptiles from the Madras Presidency . 685 Bennett, Georce Freperic, C.M.Z.S. Notes on Ornithorhynchus paradowus. By George Fre- deric Bennett, in a Letter from Dr. George Bennett, F.L.S., F.Z.S., to Professor Owen, C.B., F.R.S., &e., with Remarks Pile MS ERUOEE eee ecNeias ee GS vale are wie cae oo. hb Bowersank, James Scott, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. Description of five new Species of Sponges discovered by A. B. Meyer on the Philippine Islands and New Guinea .. 456 Brapy, GzorGe Stewarpson, M.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Pro- fessor of Natural History in the College of Physical Science, Newcastle-on-Tyne. Notes on British Freshwater Mites. (Plates III. & 1V.). 24 Notice of a Memoir on the Fossil Ostracoda of the Antwerp Brooke, Sir Vicror, Bart., F.Z.S. On the Deer of the Philippine Islands, with the Descrip- tion of a new Species. (Plates VIII.-X.) 51 Bucktey, T. E., B.A., F.Z.S. On the past and present Geographical Distribution of the Larger Mammals of South Africa...................... 452 Butter, ArTHuR GARDINER, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant, Zoo- logical Department, British Museum. Descriptions of new Species of Heterocerous Lepidoptera in the Collection of the British Museum .......... Peers i68 On the Myriopoda obtained by the Rev. G. Brown in Duke-of-York Island................... om, See vi Page On two Collections of Heterocerous Lepidoptera from New Zealand, with Descriptions of new Genera and ant (Plates XLII. & XLIII.).. 5 SEE se she = Smee On a Collection of is saishiers from Cane 3 York and the South-east Coast of New Guinea.............0.2-200 +> 466 On a Collection of Lepidoptera made in Northern Formosa by HE. Hobson, Bisq. oes oe 2 2 8 eis cine em ee ee CameBrince, Rev. O. Pickarp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Hon. Mem. New-Zealand Institute. On some Spiders collected by the Rev. George Brown in Duke-of- York Island, New Britain, and New Ireland...... 283 On some new Species of Araneidea, with Characters of two new Genera, and some Remarks on the Families Podopthal- mides and Dinopides. (Plates LVI. & LVII.) .......... 557 Cotuettr, Ropert, C.M.Z.S., Conservator of the Zoological Museum of the University of Christiania, &c. On Phylloscopus borealis and its Occurrence in Norway.. 43 Cornéty, J. M., C.M.Z.S. Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, announcing that his female Hydropotes inermis had produced young ...... 533 Danrorp, CuHarues G., F.Z.S., and Atsron, Epwarp R., F.L.S., F.Z.S. On the Mammals of Asia Minor. (Plate XXXI.)...... 270 Day, Surgeon-Major Francis, F.Z.8. &e. Notice of the Capture of Coregonus oxyrhynchus in Lin- COMNSIIFE::. (sd sxce!s- J ieduve bs < Se. les he eh RG ee eae Seatac Dosson, G. E., M.a., M.B., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S8., &e. On a Coliection ct Chiroptera from Duke-of-York Island and the adjacent parts of New Ireland and New Britain, CP Rihe ae Varies eerie te cl va wien es wis on Saal Sone ge ms bien a= epee Vil Page Drucr, Hersert, F.L.S., F.Z.S8. A Revision of the Lepidopterous Genus Paphia. (Plates EE UCU eaten is oO sah 2 Tele, id wR coe, ke «OBZ Durnrorp, Henry. Notes on some of the smaller Mammals of the Argentine AB re as OS See 2d eRe bie oS Me axek i +, sc ckecor. BD Extior, Daniet G., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. Review of the Ibidine, or Subfamily of the Ibises. (Plate Remarks on Felis tigrina, Erxl., and its Synonymy .... 704 FreILpEN, Capt. H. W., C.M.Z.S. On the Birds of the North Polar Basin .............. 28 Finscu, Orro, Ph.D., C.M.Z.S. &c., Director of the Bremen Museum. On a small Collection of Birds from the Marquesas Islands 407 On a new Species of Petrel from the Feejee Islands .... 722 Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’—No. IV. On the Birds of Tonga- tabu, the Fiji Islands, Api (New Hebrides), and Tahiti .... 723 On a Collection of Birds from Eua, Friendly Islands .... 770 On the Birds of the Island of Ponapé, Eastern Carolines . 777 On a Collection of Birds from Niuafou Island, in the Pacific eemaKohey ects eesti chs) 9. srl ag to Ae ote cuit gk ices cee TRO Firower, Wittiam Henry, F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., Con- servator of the Museum of the Royal College of Sur- geons, and Hunterian Professor. ; Notice of a Memoir on the existing Ziphioid Whales, of the Oo ee SA AL Vili Page Fornes, WretiAM ALEexANpeR, F.Z.5. On the Bursa Fabricii in Birds..:...........--.. +++. 304 Garrop, ALFRED Henry, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society. Notes on the Visceral Anatomy and Osteology of the Ruminants, with a Suggestion regarding a Method of ex- pressing the Relations of Species by means of Formule .... 2 Note on the Solid-hoofed Pigs in the Society’s Collection. 33 On the Mechanism of the Intervertebral Substance, and on some Effects of the Erect Position of Man............ 48 Notes on the Anatomy of the Musk-Deer (Moschus mos- ChIPCTUB) oo. oe ce eee vee age tanec hapless tog ebaas lacy SOT Notes on the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the Genera Thinocorus and Attagis ........ 2... 00+eeeeea- ALS Notes on the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part II..... 447 Notes on the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part III. (Plate Gath.) roe Stat ete eo ede mice era acai aiohe one an Notice of a Memoir on the Brain of the Sumatran Rhinoceros 533 On some Points in the Visceral Anatomy of the Rhinoceros of the Sunderbunds (Rhinoceros sondaicus).............. 707 Note on an Anatomical Peculiarity in certain Storks.... 711 On the Tenia of the Rhinoceros of the Sunderbunds (Pla- giotenia gigantea, Peters)........ 788 Notes on the Anatomy of the Chinese Water-Deer (Hy- Aropotes iney Mis) iid ahi 2 pvc ced Loe heat te oe Note on the possible Cause of Death in a young Seal.... 792 Note on the Absence or Presence of a Gall-bladder in the family ‘of themParrots... ... 0... ho on ee ee gt ix Page Gopman, Frepericx DuCanr, F.L.S., F.Z.8., and Sarvin, OsBerT, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Description of twelve new ch and a new Genus of Rhopalocera from Central America .................... 60 On a Collection of Lepidoptera made by the Rev. G. Brown on Duke-of-York Island and its Neighbourhood. (Plates Pee PE eiee ES) op ansaiebes/wns bass tl. sceawers 199 Gtnruer, Atsert, M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. Account of the Zoological Collection made during the visit of H.M.S. ‘ Peterel’ to the sieges Islands. Shee XI—XIIT.). . Mae «2! ays /masds winioroaes © Loe GA On a Collection of Reptiles and Fishes from Duke-of-York Island, New Ireland, and New Britain. (Plates XX.& XXI.) 127 Account of the Fishes collected by Captain Feilden between 78° and 83° N. lat., ee the Arctic PME 1875-76. (Plate XXXII.).. east ae ene ene” a ete a ore ent BO Report on a Collection of Fishes made by Mr. C. Hart during the late Arctic Expedition. (Plate L.) .......... 475 Gurney, Joun Henry, F.Z.S. fate onthe Hee iSwalt tes. es ks sc Shae. ce. BT Hartine, JAmMes Enmunp, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a variety of the Common Piet hes) Cote ie 2 eer remec tk. eine ee ard. BBS Hoxipsworty, E. W. H., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. Exhibition of, and remarks on, a specimen of Geocichla layardi obtained at Jaffna, Ceylon .................... 160 Hume, Avian Octavian, C.B., Secretary to the Government of India, Calcutta. Letter from, containing some criticisms on Mr. Howard Saunders’s review of the Sternine...................... 683 Page Jacosy, MArrTin. Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera. . 9510 Kent, WitxraM Savitte, F.Z.S. Exhibition of the plans of a Zoological Station and Museum and Institute of Pisciculture to be established at St. Helier’s, VORSE Ys en ee vs -s enteral eeet shes ens 5 «tae ssc Krerrt, Gerarp, C.M.Z.S8. Letter from, concerning a young example of Casuarius australis living in Sydney.........-..-- +0 +s. 5 ee ee eens 28 Layarp, E. L., C.M.G., F.Z.S8., &c., H.B.M. Consul in New Caledonia. Remarks on the exact Localities of some Birds from the Islands*of the South“Pacifiewy.. 220 25 oe eee es Note on two African Cuckoos of the Genus Coccystes.... 465 Ler, Henry, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. On the Capture of a Specimen of Risso’s Grampus at Sid- lesham, near Chichester.......... ache eee OOS Meyer, Dr. A. B., Director of the Royal Zoological Museum, Dresden. Some additional Proof, if needed, of the Fact that the Red Eelecti are the Females of the Green ones. (Plate LXXIX.) 800 Miers, Epwarp J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. On a Collection of Crustacea made by the Rev. G. Brown, C:M-Z:S:, on-Duke-of-York Island)..>. ... .52545 0 aces On a Collection of Crustacea, Decapoda and Isopoda, chiefly from South America, with descriptions of new Genera and Species.’ (Pintés LAVE-EXIX.) Moc... so anes eee 653 Mivart, St. GrorGe, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S8., M.R.1., &e. Notice of a memoir on the axial skeleton of the Pelecanide 368 x1 Moors, Freperic, F.Z.S., Assistant Curator, India Museum, London. The Lepidopterous Fauna of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands. (Plates LVIIIL-LX.) ........... Mourr\ay, Joan, F.G.S., F.R.G.S., C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of,-and remarks on, natural objects dredged up during the ‘Challenger’ expedition......... Newron, Atrrep, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cam- bridge. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a variety of the Guillemot (Alca troile) Newron, Epwarp, M.A., C.M.G., Colonial Secretary of Mau- ritius, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. On a Collection of Birds from the Island of Anjuan. (Pingesi RUE AS ee RV Jewel, tek leedutl. wo. eee Owen, Prof. Richard, C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. Notice of a memoir on additional evidence recently obtained as to the occurrence of extinct gigantic birds allied to Dromor- Page . 080 533 nism A uatyaliant lisie’..lo soln bower tahoe, on nadie h 95 Notes on Ornithorhynchus paradoxus, By George Frede- ric Bennett, in a Letter from Dr. George Bennett, F.L.S., F.Z.S., to Professor Owen, C.B., F.R.S., &c., with Remarks by the latter .... 161 On a new Species of Sthenurus, with Remarks on the Rela- tion of the Genus to Dorcopsis, Miiller. (Plates XXXVII. Me weV ERD io asi ewe 352 Ramsay, E. Prerson, F.L.S. &c., Curator of the Australian Museum, Sydney. List of Birds met with in North-eastern Queensland, chiefly at Rockingham Bay.—Part III. .. . 335 Row.ey, Georce Dawson, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an egg of Pauvis galeata 684 xil Satvapor1, Count T., M.D., C.M.ZS. Notes on some Birds mentioned by Dr. Cabanis and Herr Reichenow as collected in Papuasia and in the Moluccas, during the Voyage of the ‘ Gazelle’............++.---5 Satvin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a volume of original drawings, taken by Mr. George Raper during the voyage of Captain Hunter to Australia in 1788-92 ............-- Description of a new Genus and Species of Oscines from Costa Rita; os 67. wes . Pyeabie «agence sa phe ie ek Satvin, Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Gopman, FRre- pERIcK Du Cang, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Description of twelve new ee and a new Genus of Rho- palocera from Central America. . On a Collection of pnt made ss the Rev. G. Brown on Duke-of-York Island and its Neighbourhood. (Plates XXII. & XXIII.) Satvin, Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Sciarer, P. L., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. Descriptions of eight new Species of South-American Birds. (Plate Di) oc,09)9 +2 Descriptions of six new Species of South-American Birds. (bine Tabi isee. pcsieg SaunpeErs, Howarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a specimen of the Panay Sooty Tern (Sterna anestheta) obtained on the British coast Exhibition of birds and birds’ eggs from Spain . Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of the Aleutian Tern (Sterna aleutica) .. Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger. —No. V. On the Laride collected during the Expedition Page 194 95 367 60 139 18 521 794 xili Page SciaTer, Puinie Lutiry, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December IEAG fod. syd tali.ot seu ideal ee sed l Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a collection of Mammals, Birds, and Insects formed by the Rev. George Brown, C.M.Z.S., in Duke-of-York Island, New Britain, and New Ireland.... 28 Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in dommaryMegy. POUL. facse. 80 ER BY, ee 42 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the original and unique epeemien Gl Mi araikoAid COMES Soi oes: SS eae se ence 43 Notice of an apparently new Species of Spur-winged Goose of the Genus Plectropterus. (Plate VII.). ...........-. 47 On the Birds collected by Mr. George Brown, C.M.Z.S., on Duke-of-York Island, and on the adjoining parts of New Ireland and New Britain. (Plate XIV.—XVI.).......... 96 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Wenruaiy, O87 7156 sein sell eet oc elk ae A es 159 Remarks upon a two-horned Rhinoceros killed in 1876, near Comillah, in Tipperah, and on a living specimen of Rhinoceros sondaicus from the Sunderbans.............. 269 Exhibition of a small living Amphisbeenian (Blanus EEC Ven A ees Ae none een ae Ser RMS iS cs vos eee 1270 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in BEE OG Mont NFER ae ee eet eee pa) BOD Exhibition of, and remarks on, young Anacondas which had been produced dead in the Society’s Menagerie ...... 303 Remarks upon two large photographs of the young Gorilla now living in Berlin, and on an example of the Gorilla formerly living in England. (Plate XXXV.)........... .. 3803 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in DRUMMOND ne te eis sis Cataha a 25s dian ei oe Xv Remarks on the Zoological Gardens of Rotterdam, Amster- dam, Antwerp, Brussels, and Ghent, which he had lately ht ee ae Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May S77. AP babe Va) pea eae ee re dee Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger..—No. I. General Remarks on. the Collections. - 5). ices sists 14.5 <bpegceeh: A cos « aa Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’—No. III. On the Birds of the Admiralty Wslands 3.0. 0.0te 2) wit eee Acree Reports on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June, July, August, and September 1877. (Plates LXX. & LXXI.) Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Oetober VST Foi. casks scat 8% ee epee pe isk sae ae ee Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1877. (Plate LXXXI.)...........5. Scuater, P. L., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Satvin, OsBERT, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Descriptions of eight new Species of South-American Birds. Page 419 . 530 551 679 754 . 805 (Plate la: - 2s). .apanie ere oir mara, Mek eae 18 Descriptions of six new Species of South-American Birds. (Plate Aa ye. top. vn tor Peeters tare ae oS21 Seresoum, Henry, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the rarer eggs and birds obtained on his recent visit to the arctic regions of the Yen=e=say in Mast “Siberia... of 2 oseetigs sarah has. aie iets SHarrr, R. Bownpter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum. On new Species of Warblers in the Collection of the British: Museum, » (Plste 11s)! qn :...:2:n,2aye os erpiehetera) ohare 22 Description of a new Species of Lobiophasis and a new Species of Pitta, from the Lawas River, N.W. Borneo .. 93 XV Page Smitu, Epe@ar A., F.Z.S. Note on the Echinodermata sent by the Rev. G. Brown from Duke-of-York Island ..................05...... 139 Description of new Species of South-American Helicide in the British Museum. (Plate XXXIX.)................ 361 On the Shells of Lake Nyassa, and ona few Marine Species from Mozambique. (Plates LXXIV. & LXXV.)........ 712 SmirH, Freperick, Assistant Keeper of the Zoological Depart- ment, British Museum. Descriptions of four new Species of Ichneumonide in the Collection of the British Museum. (Plate XLIV.) ...... 410 Taczanowskl, L., C.M.Z.S. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis en 1876 au nord du Pérou occidental par MM. Jelski et Stolamann. (Plate XXXVI.) 319 Supplément a la Liste des Oiseaux recueillis au nord du Pérou occidental par MM. Jelski et Stolamann .......... 744 TEGETMEIER, W. B., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a malformed sternum of the Tawny Owl .. 533 Trimen, R., C.M.Z.S. Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, concerning ORLOV NESE. ch, PMPs Ls, fcielerge ARG ks, ceed ekie wie KORO Tristram, Rev. H. B., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. Notes on Eliomys melanurus and on some other Rodents Beesbeniies® Chinte Whip arses n i. Meee ects 40 TWEEDDALF, ARTHUR, Marquis of, F.R.S., President of the Society. Descriptions of three new Species of Birds from the Indian aie re Bh 3h yt tee ©. oa abc v'h, DY ab eee nw, 9 0 OOO Notes on the Species of the Genus Batrachostomus inhabiting the Indian Region. (Plates XLV.-XLIX.).... 420 Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’—No. II. On the Birds of the Philip- PVCTLRODIS) Dt ROE we oa ee eer ob, ray PR Xy¥1 Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.— No. I. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in the Island of Luzon. (Plates LX XII. & LXXIII.).......... Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—No. II. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in the Island of Zebu. (Plates LXXVI-—LXXVIII.) .......... Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.— No. III. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in the Island of Mindanao. (Plates LXXXII—LXXXV.).... Watson, M., M.D., Professor of Anatomy, Owens College, Manchester. On the Female Generative Organs of Hyena crocuta. (Plates AAG XL A obs cake one ae us oie nee Watson, Rev. R. Boog, F.R.S.E., F.G.S. Some Notes on the Madeiran Mollusk identified by the Rev. R. T. Lowe as Achatina folliculus, Gron..........-- WELLES, A. Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, concerning the introduction of Salmon into New Zealand Page 686 755 816 369 333 303 LIST OF PLATES. Plate i Page I. Chloronerpes dignus 3......ceccecuseces ists aay 28 Il. Fig. 1. Beocerca flaviventris ........... SOOOROUOn } 99 Fig. 2. Dromeocercus brunneus ......... St Oboe Ill. Fig. 1. Schistosoma longisetosum ........ se tevece Figs. 2-5. Raphignathus spinifrons .....6.0e00005 °4 IV. Figs. 1-3. Rhyncholophus hispidus SeDALDDSwADO Dood Figs. 4, 5. Pachygnathus nigrescens ..... eons V. New Species of Marine Mollusca, from New South Walest: 12 3< PRS ToP are cic) 0/54 5/81 s/ey' 5,5 5 By cleveye[elelsiela efele Oe VI. Eliomys melanurus .........0.ecccecncecs #5 adie ao VII. Plectropterus niger *........00cc ss ceeees Peicgstem Az VILL. Cervus philippinus 3... 0... cece ee ees ve eeeees EX Cervus nigricims 2 oo waiicien ce vsjesinlensdads« Fac pice 51 X. Skull of Cervus nigricans Q .. osc. .ceeceeeseeees XI. Figs. 1-5. Ophionereis albomaculata ........+4.00: ) Fig. 6. Rhizochilus parvus .......00c0ceceeuceees Fig. 7. Trochus cooksoni . 0.0 0ccscssscedsovenes Wig 8. pmemited Gellit. osc... aaa n washes wave os > 64 XII. Fig. 1. Leptodius cooksoni ........0ceceeceeceves H Fig. 2. Cubaris galapagoénsis.... 66... cee en eees XIII. Spiders of the Galaparos septa ditistelet oe ehelesdiels sles «ls | XIV. Fig. 1. Monarcha verticalis....... BORE DOO DOPE Te Fig. 2. Diceum eximium ......600cecececenecenes 06 BON ce AGES ASTIRUS! Co 5 oo sic dives. e ee nals ore Ae ines MME Phlogeans johanna ....,....i..s0+0s0+< sed or gens XVII. Melonycteris melanops ........ 0.0000 e cee eeeee ee 114 UR VO rons rigesceng os dca eee vcsa vee ae ee woree } 123 Behe, Dicer gps lAGeMSl ose We Nahe eehx as pid aw aleiaie au0sj8 oo one's TER) Blanka: Meza spi... «wees 2. 50s ssn vans sins oho ABE \ 127 XXI. LErebophis asper . : meee the neds aoe New Lepidoptera from Duke-of-York Island...... 139 XXIV c New Coleoptera from Duke-of-York Island ...... 151 Xvill Plate Page XXVI. New Species of Shells from Australia .........5+5 171 XXVII. oe New Nudibranchiate Mollusca .......... sppeetiocee elt XXX. NORT. | Mus mi stacumus, “swe clelerw eiel+mis1+)+19) wles)e1 SO06BO0 OF 270 DOONAN UTACIIEN GF odo odn8 coDudp sdUD OU a ae Sooaoe 295. on XXXIII. Fig. 1. Zosterops anjuanensis ........+++++s00ee Vig. 2. Tehitrea vulpina .......++.sse00 coon be 295 MEX: “Durdus Dewsperyy voc. acl. wise epee eoniwue orale sli irtolers XXKV. “Droglodytestgorta 0 vis ono anes eels © valeielsloittere 304 XXXVI. Fig. 1. Gnathospiza raimondit .....-+... 0.00 \ 319 Fig. 2. Hemophila stolzmanni ........ ateneranec She KMIXVIL. Séhenurus Mion seis re a che cate vie els nin oieis\mislele « ve XXXVIII. Figs. 1-4. Sthenurus minor..........+.sseeeees 359 Figs. 5-1]. Sthenurus atlas... 1... eee ees Figs. 12-17. Sthenurus OVERS te kk, sete a ciens XXXIX. New Species of Helicide from South America...... 361 Ea Anatomy of Hyena crocuta ....... Bob sacgoodene 369 Pane } Moths of New Zealand...........++00- aaish «+ Shey cove XLIV. New Species of Ichneumonide ...............04 410 XLV. Batrachostomus affinis Q.... cece cece nec ecvceecs XLVI. Batrachostomus cornutus S ....ccseceecseecuaes i XLVII. Batrachostomus stellatus D.... 0.2. cece eens eee ee +420 XLVIII. Batrachostomus moniliger SG ...ceeeeeeceees Samet XLIX. Batrachostomus moniliger Q ..cesseveeanae Sateleias J Lies “SQUMOWNOT Sit az lostoehe met eh ele ore ei esi aslo os kel ronys 475 LI. Lampribis olivacea .... 2... sess scence dees casnes 477 LIL. Fig. 1. Euphonia insignis ..........seeeeees ree L507 Fig. 2. Chlorospingus pheocephalus .......seee0e. } LIT. Anatomy of Passerine Birds ..........sseeeeeeee 523 LIV. New Shells from Madagascar, Japan, &c....... Tori OY AVi< SRCVS Tam ea 4 sare, o's. = - win eferole Re heats iene rs sts) vin ufeners 532 Mee } New Genera and Species of Araneidea .........+4. 557 LVIIl Ls. New Andaman and Nicobar Lepidoptera .......... 580 LX. LXI. LXII Tid SHIPS D> , CRETE. 9 LXIUI New Species of Paphia ....seeeeveeeeeeeees 63 RIX Plate Page I NEED CUTE cles ace yc ep wkd pe vest ces e's 08 652 LXVI. New Species pf Clibanarius............cccceucece LXVII. New Species of Decapoda and Isopoda............ 653 aahheg } New SRE OPES), “35. ix< au poate Sed Sa ee'en ¥e LXX. Hylobates leacogenys® 0.6.2.0 c.ccccnceccnscs ee. 680 LXXI. Paradoxurus prehensilis .......0 0. cc ccc c ec cccees 681 AGRON MMCG AIMS TUPCENS! oe guacho ak sta vvle'e Goa eaceoccs Fig. 1. Diceum wanthopygium ........0.ecce sees 686 aig i 5 aie MAP OCP EM COCMCULE vo on ce clea eac vk Owacge ce een } New Shells from Lake Nyassa and Mozambique.... 712 MERON Pe | COVEGIMS CESUIESS oo chale 'o!a'e xa wins os ec cees Se acsvee'als Fig. 1. Phyllornis flavipennis ..........00ceceeces am PSXVIL Fig. 2. Prionochilus quadricolor ...........0eceee. 755 LXXVIII. Megapodius pusillus ........cccccccccccccccccccs LXXIX. Tail of Eclectus polychlorus .'.......ccceccccccce 800 LXXX. New Helicide from Madagascar..............0005 803 MXR 1Canss fubatusscac).\. soosae oe toe Seow Foe baw eee 806 LXXXII. Loriculus hartlaubi: fig. 1, dg; fig. 2, 2 .......e0e LXXXIII. Mulleripicus fuliginosus ........ccce cues ecco. 816 EMOXXKIV. (Crintgereverettis Sees wel. ok ole Oh oii fom ESSAY: Orthotomun migrices oo el. este ERRATA. Page 167, line 3, for F.Z.S. read C.M.Z.S. Page 307, col. 1, line 15, for aquila read aguia. Page 451, line 15, for Margaronis read Margarornis. Page 451, line 19, for Megarornis read Margarornis. Page 580, line 13 from bottom, for tachardus read desertorum. Page 531, line 3, for ‘ Illustrated London News’ read ‘ Field.’ Page 538, line 2, for J. M. Cornely read J. M. Cornély. Page 533, line 14 from bottom, for Mr. B. Tegetmeier read Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier. Page 583, line 8 from bottom, for C.M.Z.S. read F.Z.S. Page 557, line 19, for Besarr read BERG. Page 617, line 12 from bottom, for oBINUSALIS read OBRINUSALIS. Page 681, line 8, for Huwmelea read Humelia, PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF TITE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. January 2, 1877. Prof. Newton, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. The following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1876 was read by the Secretary :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of December 1876 was 68, of which 36 were obtained by presentation, 10 by purchase, 1 by exchange, and 21 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period by death and removals was 85. The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 1. A Snowy Owl (Nyctea nivea) captured in the west of Ireland, and presented to the Society by Mr. John Kendall, December 4th. I take this opportunity of calling the attention of the Society to the abundance of specimens of the Snowy Owl during the present winter. One of the dealers in Liverpool writes that he has received at least thirty specimens from vessels crossing the Atlantic to that port. Besides the present bird two other recently acquired examples are living in the Society’s collection. Letters from America also speak of the unusual abundance of this bird in the Northern States, and in the adjoining districts of Canada. 2. Three Mexican Jays (Cyanocoraz luxuosus), purchased Decem- ber 9th, being the first specimens of this handsome bird that have reached us alive. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. I. 1 2 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE (Jan. 2, 3. Two Orange-headed Ground-Thrushes (Geocichla citrina), two White-throated Laughing Thrushes (Garrulax albogularis), and one Horsfield’s Whistling Thrush (Myiophoneus horsfieldi), from India, being likewise all representatives of species new to the Society’s collection. 4, Two Black-headed Partridges (Caccabis melanocephala) and one Hey’s Partridge (Caccabis heyi) from Hedyar near Mecca. Presented by Commander F. M. Burke, December 30th. The birds of Arabia are so little known to us that we are always glad to receive specimens from that coast. Of the large black- headed Caccabis (see P.Z.S. 1837, p. 818) we have only once before received a living specimen. Professor Newton exhibited a variety of the Guillemot (Alea troile) remarking :—‘‘ The specimen on the table has been kindly lent me by Mr. T. M. Pike, of Wareham, who shot it on the 29th of November last, at sea, between Poole and Christchurch. It is the first example I have seen of the curious variety briefly described by Dr. Kriper («‘ Naumannia,’ 1857, p. 437), on the authority of Pastor Jon Jonsson, who saw one which had been taken, in July 1848, at Grimsey, off the north coast of Iceland, and seems to agree in all respects with the bird so described. It differs strikingly from the normal appearance of the species in the colour of the bill and legs, which, as will be seen, are of a bright yellow, while the claws are white. This last fact points, I think, to the variation originating from the cause which produces albinism in so many animals. Further than this I will only call your attention to a somewhat similar variety of Pica rustica, seen, though not obtained, by Mr. Harvie Brown in Scotland some years since (Zool. 1867, pp. 706, 757, 826, 877, 913), and again in Devonshire by Mr. G. F. Mathew (tom. cit. p. 1016), in which the bill was yellow—as well as to the yellow colouring of the bill occa- sionally found in examples of the variety of the Northern Diver which has been described under the name of Colymbus adamsi. The following papers were read :— 1. Notes on the Visceral Anatomy and Osteology of the Ruminants, with a Suggestion regarding a Method of ex- pressing the Relations of Species by means of Formule. By A. H. Garrop, M.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received January 2, 1877.] There is so little known of the differences in the visceral anatomy of the many genera and species of the ruminating animals, that I feel that no apology is necessary for bringing before this Society the facts which my prosectorial opportunities afford me with reference to parts which are either too large or too perishable to be easily pre- served in our museums. The following “ Notes’’ will be found to 1877. ] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 3 contain an account of those parts in certain species of the Cavicornia and Cervide (such as the stomach, liver, generative organs, and brain), which are subject to variation in the different species that I have had the opportunity of examining. The stomach of the Ruminantia, on account of its complexity, presents features of special interest. As far as the general shape and proportions of its cavities are concerned, my observations tend to show that the relative size of the psalterium in the different genera is the only characterizing feature. In the abomasum I have not detected any variation. The rumen varies as to the shape and distribution of the villi on its mucous membrane. In most of the smaller species the folds which constrict the viscus, as well as the pouches between them, are covered internally with villi, though these are larger in the latter situations. In most of the larger species the villi are absent on the folds, and are largest in the middle of the pouches. This is specially the case in the Rusine Deer. In the Sheep and its allies they are peculiarly scattered and broad at their bases, as is also the case in Moschus. In most of the smaller species of the order they are cylindrical or flattened cylinders, as close-set as the “pile” in velvet. In Portax picta they are very elaborate, close-set, pedun- culated and foliaceous. In Cervus alfredi they are flattened and expanded apically, in other words tongue-shaped, as they are in Camelopardalis giraffa. In Tetraceros subgquadricornutus all the villi are flattened, broad, and rounded, absent on the folds. In Table I. column VIIL., further notes on the peculiarities in the ramen will be found. The reticulum varies in the depth and size of its cells, but not to any great extent. I have not ever seen them deeper than in Cervus _ duvaucelli ($ inch), or shallower than in the Giraffe. In some species the cell-walls are thicker than in others, as may be seen on reference to Table I. column IX. The psalterium varies more than any other section of the stomach i and a study of its laminz brings to mind the septa of some of the more elaborate and fully calcified corals; for, as in them, the lamine are of different lengths, and their arrangement is subject to definite laws. This organ may be defined as a subglobose dilatation of the upper wall of the canal leading from the reticulum to the abomasum, the lumen of which is much reduced by the development from all but its lower wall of longitudinal villous-covered folds of its mucous lining. In size it differs greatly, being very large in the genus Bos, minute in Nannotragus and Cephalophus. Of the lamin there are a certain number (frequently ten) of a definitely greater depth than any of their neighbours ; and these may be termed primary laminze. Between each two of these there are secondary lamine of smaller size; and such being the case, nineteen is the average number of the two sets combined. When the organ is more complex a still shallower ¢eréiary lamina appears on each side of each secondary one ; and there may be quaternary laminee on each side of each tertiary, on either side, again, of which there may 1” |MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Jan. 2, Taste I. it II. III. Iv. Va iy Depth of Name. Gall-bladder. Caudate Lobe. Spigelian Lobe. Umbilical Fissure. Cervus elaphus ...ccscscccerereerver Absent. Lateral in young, | Absent. Almost nil. small in adult. —— CASHMECTIANUS -s se vevereeeees Absent. Scent od -oceecour te Beret opr OcACeD rie va cneerssees a ANNU | on de scanesasectesoossse-== Absent. Almost nil. Absent. 3 —— Gristotelis ...s61000+00000+0--| Absent. Square. Oviform in one, rusi- 3 form in another. ——$. SWINK. oes eeeeverecreenereerens Absent Large, square. Rusiform. 4 —— HU cx. asccesvsssansvesshrons= Absent. Square. Absent gies. il! 5 uaeeeresees —— moluccensis .. Absent. Squarish. Oviform. 4 —— mariannus .. ..| Absent. Square. Absent. 4 — dwaueelli ..... Absent. Square. Rusiform. FS $$ POP EUNUB «se eeeceeceerseerenses Absent. Lateral. An oviform rudiment. 2 TNT Ce Dep ereeoa eaeCOOI Absent. Large, square. Oviform, small (juy.). 3 —— CAPT EOMUS errecececeseenseeres Absent. Lateral. Oviform and everted. 3 Cervulus muntjae .. ..-..| Absent. Lateral, Rudimentary. $ ———- CBUEBL cnanaiwscneeavacauscaceenss Absent: ~ ' 7") SscWVesvouveusstesttessen Hnerscrrcr nectar cecencticn cvarvancees Elaphodus cephalophus ......... Absent. Small, lateral. Oviform rudiment, 3 Capos Pudi a. ccece.nnsenccess cerns Absent. Lateral. Absent. ——— CAMPESENG 62s eee esveseeeeeeees Absent. Lateral. Absent or rudimen- Nil. tary. —— PUPUB) sadn asoancessabansentasray Absent. Squarish. Absent. 4 ——. MEXICANUS .osieeceeseececserees Absent. Lateral, Absent, or rudimen- + tary. Camelopardalis giraffa .......4. Absent. Absent. Absent. t Moschus moschiferus...cc..cccse0+ In fossa. Small, lateral. Large, rusiform. = Antilocapra americana ......60.. In fossa. Very small, lateral. | Rusiform. i Ovis cycloceros ..... ..| Very elongate. | Lateral. Oviform, 7 Capra picta.. ..| Very elongate. | Short, lateral. Oviform, z — jemlaica .. ..| Very elongate. | Short, lateral. Oviform, Gazella orcas .......sscscceeeeeee In fossa. Small, lateral. Absent. { —_ grant wee ..--.| In fossa. Small, lateral. Small, rusiform. —$ BUD GUELUT OSA 6. seescersessereee In fossa. Small, lateral. Oviform, or absent, t ——. MUBCALENSTS se reeeceseeeesesens Tn fossa. Small, lateral. Absent. z — rufifrons In fossa. Small, lateral. Rudimentary, : — arabica In fossa. Small, lateral. Oviform. = Nanotragus nigricaudatus ...... Present. Rudimentary. Modified, rusiform. t Cephalophus marwelli ............ Absent. Short. Modified, rusiform. 4 —— PYJMAUB. as reeeeerecsrieereeenes Absent. Short. Modified, or absent. t Tetraceros subquadricornutus...| Present, as is | Absent. Absent. 3 ; cystic fissure. Strepsiceros udu .....c.cccces0es Elongate. Lateral. Rudimentary. t Oreas canna .... es} pesen by) mts ehh iawes mucesvsaeteudasevess Oviform. seeneeseenes Tragelaphus scriptus Elongate. Lateral. Absent. 3 Damalis pygarga . ..| Present. Small, lateral. Enormous, rusiform. $ Catoblepas gnu ..... Elongate. suveansttaveveevates acne tatane co eeaeeeaes scagwan etka Addax naso-macucatus .......- Very elongate. | Very short. Oviform. Rudimen- tary. Portaxr picta ........ crormochoee Present. Short. Absent. t 1877.] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. VI. te Bex of specimen. u ft. 9, adult. $, nearly adult. é, adult. ¢, adult. ¢ , new-born. 9, adult. 9, aged. $,a year old. é, adult. $, adult, 3, adult. ¢, not adult. é. 9, adult. é. ft. 9, adult. ste eeeeeee seeeeee 8.1. 42 ft. LI. 30 ft. eee eee ee eer eer eet S.I. 48} ft, LI. 252 ft. S.I. 292 ft, L.T. 10 ft. 8.1. 144 ft, LT. 33 ft. 8.1. 39! ft, LI. 13 ft. S.1. 45 ft,* LT. 252 S.I. 252 ft. LI. 13} ft. 8.1. 34 ft, LI. 18 ft S.I. 319 ft. L.I. 152 ft. 8.1.18} ft. LI. 82 S.I. 231 ft. LT. 9! ft, S.I. 248 ft. LI. 92 ft. 8.1. 288 ft. LI. 162 ft. 8.1. 29% ft. LI. 93 ft. : ms 8.1. 16% ft. L,I. 11 ft. 8.1. 212 ft. L.T. 92 ft. Tr. LI. 9.1. 208 ft. 8.1. 202 ft. 92 ft. 9% ft. 8.1. 108 ft. 8.1. 262 ft. -I. 78 ft. -L. 16 ft. 8.1. 42+ ft. L.I. lis ft, Total length of intes- tines 118+ ft. 8.1. 53} ft. L.I. 292 ft. L L L 9.1. 82} ft. L.1. 42 ft. Taste I. VII. VIII. of Cecum and Intestinal lengths. | Papille of Rumen. Cylindroid, elon- gate, flattened. Cylindrical, except longest (1 in.), flattened and ex- panded. Cylindroid. Cylindroid, slightly attened. Cylindroid, slightly attened. Cylindroid and tongue-shaped. Slender, — small, eylindroid. Some large and tongue-shaped. Cylindrical. Cylindrical. Cylindrical and slightly flattened. Cylindrical. Short, flattened. Small, slight] flattened. rad Uniformly short and a little flat- tened. Mostly cylindri- cal, some tongue- shaped. Cylindrical and short. Cylindrical and short. All flattened. All flattened and tongue-shaped. Sparse, flattened. Mostly elongated, cylindrical, some foliaceous. Large and foliated. Ix. Cells of Reticulum. Not deep. Shallow. Broad-walled. Broad-walled, Deep, ¢ inch. Broad-walled. Fairly deep. Very shallow. Shallow. Fair depth. Fair depth. Fair depth. Shallow. Fair depth. Shallow. Well developed. Quadruplicate, 13. i x. Psalterium. Quadruplicate, 10, Triplicate. Quadruplicate, 10. Quinquiplicate,12. Quadruplicate, 9. Quadruplicate, 10. Quadruplicate. Quadruplicate. Quadruplicate, 10. Quadruplicate. Triplicate, 10. Triplicate, 10, Quadruplicate, 9. Quadruplicate, 11. Quadruplicate, 18. Duplicate, 19. Quinquiplicate, 9, Triplicate, 10. Triplicate. Duplicate, 9. Duplicate, 10. Triplicate, 10. Triplicate, 10. Quadruplicate, 9. Quadruplicate, 15. Quadruplicate, 15. Quinquiplicate, 10. 6 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Jan. 2. be a row of papille indicating the rudiments of lamine of a fifth power; for, when disappearing, laminee always end as rows of papillee. In the case of a transverse section of a quadruplicate psalterium (in other words, of one in which there are laminze of four powers), the quaternary folds being rudimentary, imagine it to be cut through longitudinally along the middle of its groove, and opened out in such a way that the outer wall forms a straight line, whilst the laminz depend from it ; then the appearance will be that of fig. 1.’ b (2 Fig 4. Diagram of transverse sections of psalterium. This being from an actual specimen, there is a slight want of uni- formity at 6 and c, which is usually found to be the case. The lamine of each cycle, or power, gradually diminish in size laterally ; and it will be noticed that, though the organ is quadruplicate where the folds are relatively largest, the smallest laminze disappear at the sides. This is nearly always the case, as it is also that near the orifice of communication with the reticulum they are stronger than they are further on. In different genera the relative depths of the laminz which con- stitute the separate cycles is not always the same. The arrangement depicted above is the most usual, in which the secondary folds are about two thirds the size of the primary, a similar difference existing between them and the tertiary, and so on. Fig. 4 is from the psalterium of Gazella arabica, in which, though the disposition is triplicate, it is seen that the secondary laminz are very little larger than the papillary rows which form the tertiary cycle, the primary laminze being of considerable depth. The struc- ture in Cephalophus is the same, only that, the psalterium being much smaller, all the parts are much reduced in size, the lateral laminee especially so. In Nannotragus nigricaudatus the equally small psalterium is even more simple, there being but six primary laminze of any depth; and these are covered with peculiarly large and pointed papille, three more being evidently their lateral homo- logues, although reduced to papillary rows. The conditions are re- presented in figs. 2 (Cephalophus) and 3 (Nannotragus). 1877.] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 7 The psalterium of Moschus moschiferus differs essentially from any other with which I am acquainted. Prof. Flower has fully described and figured it’, at the same time that he has pointed out how much the specimen in the Museum of the College of Surgeons differs from that the account of which is given by Pallas’. Mr. Flower has kindly permitted me to examine the specimen. The nineteen plice all belong to the primary cycle without doubt; andas this number is that of the primary together with the secondary folds in most ruminants of the same size, it appears to me that their peculiarity consists in the exaggerated development (to the size of the primary) of the second cycle. These laminz are also peculiarly close to one another at their lines of attachment, which is further in favour of this view. Between some of the folds I have detected lines of papillee ; but their presence is the exception, not the rule. Where the psalterium is large it is sometimes found that longi- tudinal rows of papillary lines are present at intervals on the primary folds, and even the secondary lamine. These are very conspicuous in Portax picta. In some quadruplicate and in all quinquiplicate psalteria the cycles of smallest laminee are nothing more than rows of papille. In other quadruplicate psalteria the cycles of the fourth power are developed as true folds without any ultimate lines of papille. Whether or not this is the case is indicated in Table I. (p. 5) by the descriptive name in column X., whatever the power, being printed in roman letters or italics. When in italics the laminze of the highest power are only represented by papillary rows. The liver is always simple and small, being situated almost en- tirely on the right side of the median line. The umbilical fissure never extends more than one half through the organ, generally less. The lateral fissures never exist. The gall-bladder is absent in all the Cervidee, according to my observations, and in the genus Cephalophus among the Bovide. The caudate lobe is very variable in size, and is frequently smaller in adult than in young individuals. In most species it is elongate, slender, and lateral, forming little more than an incomplete cap to the right kidney; in some it is quadrate from the development ventrally of its basal portion. The Spigelian lobe is frequently entirely absent, as such. When present it is a development of the median portion of the posterior margin of the portal fissure, extending so as to overlap it. When its base is broad, as in the Sheep, it may be termed oviform; when it is pedunculate, as is generally the case in the genus Rusa, it may be termed rusiform, Variations of slight degree are found in individuals of the same species. From Table I. (pp. 5, 6) the peculiarities of the different varying parts of the organ in the specimens which I have had the opportunity of examining may be determined (columns II. to V.). 1 Pp. Z, 8. 1875, p. 170. ? Spicilegia Zoologica, fase, xiii. (1779). [Jan. 2, MR. A. H, GARROD ON THE Livers of various Ruminants. Fig. 9. Tetraceros subquadricornutus, ee rea gS \ ———— Fig. 12, Cervus duvaucelli. Cervus swinhoti. 1877.] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 9 The generative organs of the Ruminantia present many features of interest bearing on classification. These are mainly to be found in the shape of the glans penis, the development of Cowper’s glands, and the number of cotyledons in the placenta. The glans penis is very different in shape in the various genera of the Ovidee as well as of the Cervide. In all it is the case that the terminal portion of the urethra is extremely small in calibre. Figs. 13-15 give views of the lateral, anterior, and inferior surfaces Fig. 13. Penis of Cervus cashmeerianus, of the organ in Cervus cashmeerianus, with which the following Species agree in structure—U. elaphus, C. dama, C. aristotelis, C. moluccensis, C. kuhlii, C. alfredi, and C. porcinus. In them the glans constitutes a cylinder, slightly flattened from side to side, about one fourth as deep as it is long, measured from the preputial reflection. Its extremity is obtuse, vertically grooved, and slightly flattened, the orifice of the urethra appearing on the apex of a simple blunt cone about one sixth of an inch in height, the base of which is slightly included in the lower termination of the apical vertical fold, near its lower or frenal margin. In Cervus mexicanus, C. pudu, and C. campestris the arrange- ment is somewhat different, the vertical groove being absent, the termination of the glans being a blunt cone, with the urethral orifice at its apex, as is seen in fig. 16 (p. 10). In Capreolus caprea, Cervulus muntjac, and Elaphodus cephalo- phus the glans is peculiarly long and slender, at the same time that it is nearly eylindrical, with a rounded apex, at the lower part of which the urethra opens by a simple orifice. This is seen in fig. 17 (p. 10) taken from the Roebuck. In Tragelaphus scriptus it is the same. In Bos taurus the glans is elongated, forming an irregular cylinder, smoothly rounded at the apex, the urethra (which has no free terminal extension) opening below it at a little distance from the extremity in a downward direction. This is seen in fig. 19 (p. 10). 10 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE (Jan. 2, In the Sheep the apex is somewhat enlarged, but not uniformly so, the expansion forming a partial twist from below and behind, upwards and forwards to the tip, along the left side of the organ. The actual point at which the attached part of the urethra ter- Fig. 19, Bos taurus. minates is nearly the same as in the Ox, from which, besides the turn it takes, it differs in that it continues on free, as a filiform tube, for an inch at least. The glans in Capra (picta and jemlaica) and Gazella (arabica, sub- gutturosa, ruffrons) is the same; asis that of Cephalophus (fig. 20) Fig. 20. Cephalophus maxwelli. (macwelli and pygmaeus), except that it is more symmetrical. In Addax naso-maculatus an almost identical condition obtains; the glans, however, is nearly regular in shape and cylindroid, whilst the 1877.] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 11 free filiform urethra, an inch in length, turns upwards round it to the left (fig. 18). In the other Cavicornia the glans penis is different. In Nanno- tragus (nigricaudatus) it does not in the least resemble that of Cephalophus ; for it forms a slender, elongated, tapering cone, beyond which the urethra, which is free from it for the terminal 3 of an inch, continues straight on for 4 of an inch (fig. 21). Tragelaphus Fig. 21. Nannotragus nigricaudatus, (scriptus) differs but little from this, except that the free portion of the urethra is wanting, and the end of it slightly turned upwards ; and in Damalis (pygarga) (fig. 22) the arrangement resembles that of T'ra- Fig. 22. Damalis pygarga. gelaphus, except that the whole glans is shorter and thicker, at the same time that it is flattened from side to side. According to Dr. Murie’s accounts of the Prongbuck’ (Antilocapra americana) and the Saiga* (Saiga tartarica) the glans in these two animals differs from that in any of those above described, whilst from Pallas’s account of the Musk (Moschus moschiferus)* its penis is apparently ovine, as is that of the Giraffe (Camelopardulis giraffa) (fig. 23). Fig. 23. Camelolepardalis giraffa. Cowper’s glands are present, according to my observation, in Cer- vulus muntjac and Cervus mexicanus ; and I have noted that they are small in C. alfredi. Their absence I have recorded in C. elaphus, C. dama, C. cashmeerianus, C. aristotelis, C. moluccensis, C. porci- _ nus, C. kuhlii, and C. campestris. Prof. Flower found them in C. pudu. I have seen them also in all species of Ovis, Capra, and Gazella examined, as well as in Cephalophus (maxwelli and pyg- ' P.Z. 8. 1870, p. 352. 2 P. ZS. 1870, p. 485. Spicilegia Zoologica, fase. xii. 12 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Jan. 2, meus), Nannotragus (nigricaudatus), Tragelaphus (scriptus), Da- malis (albifrons), and Addax (naso-maculatus). According to Dr. Murie they exist in the Prongbuck and Saiga ; in Moschus according to Pallas, and in the Giraffe according to Prof. Owen’. In the uterus of the Cotyledontophora it is well known that there are papilliform developments of the inner walls which serve for the attachment of the cotyledons in the impregnated organ. Although it has not been actually proved, so far as 1 am aware, by direct evidence that the cotyledonary papille and the cotyledons are exactly the same in number in each individual, yet there is every reason to believe that it is so. On this assumption I take the number of these papillz as an index of the nature of the placenta itself, this being so difficult to obtain on account of the universal habit among the females to eat it immediately it is expelled, par- turition generally occurring at night-time. The following Table contains a statement of the number of papillz or cotyledons (as the case may have been) which I have found, together with those made by Prof. Turner on the same subject”. From it I feel justified in deducing the law that the cotyledons are few in the Cervidee, numerous in the Bovidee—at the same time that I would suggest the name OLIGOCOTYLEDONTO- pPHorA for the former, and PotycoTyLEDONTOPHORA for the latter. TaBLE II. ae Number of Number of a ee, Cotyledons. Papille. Cervus elaphus .........++- Turner & A. H. G. 12 or 8 ; —— duvaucelli............| TAS EONS. ae | Wee ote asee 4 in each cornu. CaMpestTis........+++-| brs 9, 8 large and 1 small. —— TUFUS ..ccececesencscees 5 dbatyeene 5 in one cornu, 4 in the other. Hydropotes inermis ...... . 2 foetus, with 3 coty- ledonsin one cornu and 5 in the other. Capreolus capred .....++-- Bischoff. 5 or 6. OUIS\OTICS wav scsmncoe=teeses Turner. 60 to 100. ‘BOS QUGUS rons esaeeeeeer x 60 to 100. Damalis pygarga v.00. ACRE IG, | Ul eae Very many. Camelopardalis giraffa... Owen. 180 large and small. Rupicapra tragus .......+ A. H. G. As in Ovis. 4i Rangifer tarandus ...... Spec. No. 2755 in ieee DO | R. C. 8. Museum, and Catalogue de- | scription. Osteologically, among the Cervidze, the skull presents features which correspond in great measure with their geographical distribu- tion ; and, dentally, the peculiarities of the third lower premolar are The consideration of these latter I hope to be able most instructive. 1 Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. p. 240. 2 Comp. Anat. of Placenta, 1875, p. 66. 1877. | ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 13 to bring before the Society on a future occasion, when my material has become more abundant. In all Old-World Cervidz examined by me, with the exception of the Reindeer, the vomer is not so much ossified as to divide the pos- terior osseous nares into two distinct orifices, whilst in Rangifer tarandus and all the New-World Deer, excepting Alces machlis and Cervus canadensis, it isso. I have seen most of the skulls of Deer which are to be found in the superb osteological collection of the British Museum ; and it is upon the study of them that this genera- lization is based. In the following species the vomer is completely ossified behind, so as to separate off the two posterior nares in the macerated skull: Cervus pudu. Cervus leucotis. campestris, antisiensis. columbianus. virginianus. Jeucurus. —— mexicanus. Neither in Alces machlis nor in Cervus canadensis is the vomer so extended posteriorly. The condition described is represented in fig. 24 which is from the skull of Cervus virginianus. Fig. 24. Base of the skull of Cervus virginianus, from below. In his ‘ Catalogue of Ruminant Animals in the British Museum,’ Dr. Gray lays considerable stress upon the degree of development of the nasal processes of the premaxillary bones, whether or not they meet the nasals. In Rangifer tarandus they do not do so, the gap 14 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE { Jan. 2, being filled up by the appearance, superficially, of portions of the nasal turbinal. This is also the case in Cervus pudu and C. colum- bianus. In C. leucurus the nasal processes of the praemaxille are also very short, and they therefore do not join the nasal bones; nor do they in O. campestris, nor, generally, in C. rufus, and only just in C. virginianus. They do join the nasals in C. leucotis and C. antisiensis. In Alces machlis, on account of the extreme shortness of the nasal bones, the premaxillary processes do not meet them; but in all the Old-World Cervidze the line of junction of the two is considerable, except in Elaphodus cephalophus and Cervulus reevesi. In all the American Cervide and in the Reindeer the floor of the posterior osseous nares is prolonged backwards more than in their Old- ‘World allies, from the extension backwards of the palatine plates of the palatal bones. In Cervulus there is a tendency to this condition, but not in any other Old-World genus. In his invaluable paper’ “On the Evidences of Affinity afforded by the Skull in the Ungulate Mammalia,’ Mr. H. N. Turner remarks :—“I have noticed that in the Moschide [Hyomoschus, Tragulus, and Moschus| the styloid process {tympano-hyal] becomes free almost immediately at the base of the auditory process, while in the Bovide, or Cavicorn Ruminants, it is enclosed, more or less completely, for some distance in the downward and forward direc- tion.’ And in all the Cavicornia which I have examined, the tympano-hyal bone is situated on the outer side of the petrosal ; whilst in many of the Cervidee it is posterior, between the petrosal of the temporal and the paramastoid of the occipital bone. In Cervus porcinus and Azis maculata, however, the expanded auditory bulla insinuates itself from the inner side, between the tympano-hyal and the paroccipital process, as in the Cavicornia. Neither in any of the American Cervidee, except C. leucotis, nor in Rangifer tarandus, Alces machlis, Capreolus caprea, Cervus dama, nor in the genera Cervulus and Elaphodus, does it do so. In the other Deer (Elaphine, Rusine, and their allies), including Elaphurus davidianus and C. leucotis, there is a small process of the petrosal, incomparably less than in the Cavicornia, which, from the inner side, partially or just removes the tympano-hyal from the par- occipital (as seen without damage to the skull). This is well marked in Hydropotes inermis ; and Moschus moschiferus is peculiar, in that from the outer side a process is sent inwards to join the other, and so completely to encircle the tympano-hyal with a ring of bone in a very suspiciously Cavicorn manner. The Giraffe, in this respect, much resembles Moschus. It is worthy of note that in Cervus antisiensis the median incisors are not triangular, in which respect it agrees with Rangifer and Moschus and differs from the Cervidee generally. In C. /eucotis they are so. In C. pudu, as in Moschus, the Giraffe, and many Cavicornia, there is only one submental foramen on each side—not two, as in by far the majority of the Deer. The peculiar way in which, on each side, the: palatal surface of 1 PZ. S, 1849, p. 152. 1877.] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 15 the interval between the canine tooth and the first premolar is cut away in all the true Ruminantia, and not in the Tragulide, is inter- esting as a separating feature. In the Cervide there is a difference from the Cavicornia in the arrangement of the region just in front of this. In the Sheep and its allies the median palatal process of each premaxillary bone extends back in the palatal region between the maxillz for some distance behind the most anterior portion of the facial surface of the maxillary bone, broadening as they go backwards for some distance, and then narrowing to a point somewhat abruptly. In no Deer which carries antlers have I found this arrangement, the median palatal processes of the preemaxille in them being always slender (sometimes only incompletely developed), of uniform breadth, and terminating posteriorly at a point scarcely behind the line which joins the canine teeth. Both Moschus moschiferus and Hydropotes inermis agree with Ovis in this respect, as does the Giraffe. Again, in the squamosal of the temporal there is a feature of value in the separation of the two major divisions of the typical Rumi- nantia. In the Cervidee this bone is deeper from above downwards than in the Bovide ; in other words, the parieto-squamosal suture is situated nearer the upper border of the temporal fossa (more than halfway up it) in the former group, the general proportions produced by which are more easily recognized by inspection than from de- scription. The squamosal of Moschus is oviform, that of Camelopar- dalis intermediate. Whilst comparing the skulls of the Cervidee which I have examined, the antlers have naturally attracted my attention; and many of their peculiarities seem to me to be subject to definite laws. What may be called the typical antler is composed of a bifurcate beam, with a brow-antler springing from the front of its basal por- tion. These three parts may be termed A, B, and C, as in the accompanying diagram (see p. 16). They occur, uncomplicated, in the genus Rusa, in C. porcinus, C. axis, and C. alfredi (fig. 25.1). On the assumption that most of the complicated many-pointed antlers that occur are the result of the exaggerated development of one or other or both of the extremities B and C, their special features may be explained. For instance, imagine that both B and C bifur- cate, remaining of equal size, and we arrive at the condition found in Cervus schomburghi (fig. 25. 2). C. duvaucelli differs in that B is extra-developed at the expense of C (fig. 25.3), the latter often being not bifureate, though sometimes so to asmall extent. Following out the ingenious hypothesis of Mr. Blyth’, C. eldi only differs in the still greater development of the anterior of the branches of B (fig. 25.4). With this last-named form C. virginianus and C. mexicanus agree, as does Rangifer tarandus, as far as its beam-branches are concerned. In Cervus dama, and in the species included in the genus Pseudazis by Dr. Gray (C. sika, taévanus, and mantchuricus), a different con- dition maintains, B being reduced greatly and C correspondingly 1 P. ZS. 1857, p. 835. 16 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Jan. 2, enlarged (fig. 25.5). In the Elaphine Deer this is carried further, the continuation of the beam C being divided terminally into many points (fig. 25. 6) in C. elaphus, C. canadensis, C. maral, and C. cash- meerianus. According to Mr. Blyth, C. sika ‘belongs strictly to the Elaphine, and not to the Awine, group’’’ of Deer; and the con- pee 1 2 Fig. 25. Diagram of types of antlers. c a formation of its horns is decidedly in favour of this view. Never- theless it must be noted that in its ally, C. mantchuricus, and in C. kopschi (Swinhoe)—I cannot find a skull of C. sika in any museum for comparison—the auditory bulla is considerably inflated, as in C. porcinus and C. avis. This feature is not, however, of particular importance, as C. virginianus in this respect differs from most of the American Cervidee, possessing a very inflated bulla. With reference to the brow-antler (A), it is evident that its dupli- cation in the true Elaphine Deer and in Rangifer is more associated with the actual size of the antlers than with any other peculiarity. The antlers of Elaphurus davidianus are at present quite beyond my comprehension. General Remarks. Whilst working at any special group of animals, there is nothing which must strike most students so much as the inefficient scientific capacities of the Linnean binomial nomenclature as it is at present employed. For the simple identification of species among themselves and of genera it is excellent, no doubt; but immediately the generic position is assigned to any collection of related species, the animals or plants which constitute them are, so far as nomenclature is con- cerned, lost in the plurality of mundane organized forms. In the science of chemistry—an older one, it is true—the case is very 1 J. A.S.B. xxix. p. 90. 1877.] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 17 different. There, the knowledge of the composition of any non- elementary substance is sufficient for the determination of the name by which it should be designated ; and, vice versd, from the name its composition may be inferred. Why should we not be able to do the same in biology? We form estimates as to the mutual affinities of genera which can bear the test of criticism as well as any rational chemical formula; is it not just as possible to express them in our nomenclature as do the chemists in theirs? It is quite conceivable that it should be done; and I have the boldness, on the present occasion, to endeavour to make a step in the direction indicated, taking the Cervidee to illustrate my method. I should not desire any one to think that the method I am about to suggest is at all a final one; for it only comprehends a single small group of Mammalian animals. Nevertheless, if by it I am able to demonstrate its practical utility, and to develop in others a desire that it should be extended in its scope, there is nothing easier than to expand it. From what has been remarked earlier in this paper, it is evident that there are osteological reasons for separating off the Old-World from the New-World Cervide. Representing degrees of slightly more than generic importance by Roman capitals, this difference between the two groups may be indicated by the employment of letters separated by some distance in the alphabet. I therefore commence with A in formulating the Old-World species, and with P in those of America. Following the initial capital, I place a small letter, which represents the genus; and the species of each of the latter are indicated by numbers following, raised above the line, as in mathematics when the square, cube, &c. are expressed. When a species, like the Elk, stands by itself, it is not necessary to append the smaller signs. With this amount of explanation, the following Table (III.) will need no further description :— Taste III. Cervipa. A. Alces machlis. Ca°. R. swinhoit. Ba’ C. elaphus. Ca®. R. mariana. Ba*. C. canadensis. Ca’. R. peronii. Ba’. C. cashmeerianus. Ca®. R. kuhiii. Ba’. @. barbarus. Ca’. R. alfredi. Ba’. C. maral. Cb. C. avis. Ba’. C. affnis. Ce. CO. porcinus. Bb’. Dama vulgaris. Cd’. Rucervus schomburghii. Bb’. D. mesopotamica. Cd’. BR. duvaucelli, Be'. Pseudavis sika. Cd’. R. eldi. Be’. P. mantchuricus. D. Elaphurus davidianus. Be*. P. taévanus. Ea’. Cervulus muntjac. Ca’. Rusa aristotelis. Ea’. C. reevesi. Ca’. R. hippelaphus. Eb. Hlaphodus cephalophus, Ca®. R. moluccensis. F. Capreolus caprea. Ca*. R. equina. G. Hydropotes inermis, Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1877, No. II. 2 18 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON Taste III. (continued). P. Rangifer tarandus. Qa!. Cariacus virginianus. Qa’. CO. mexicanus. Qa’. CO. leucurus. Qa‘. C. macrotis. S.C. antisiensis. T. C. leucotis. Va’. C. nemorivagus. Va’. C. simplicicornis. Vas. C. rufus. [Jan. 2, Qa’. CO. columbianus. Vat. OC. superciliaris. Ral. Cervus campestris. W. Pudua humilis. Ra’®. C. paludosus. This synoptical sketch of the affinities of the different species of the Deer tribe expresses much more with reference to the mutual relationships of its component members than could be done by the employment of the binomial nomenclature. For instance, taking the Barasingha Deer, here expressed by Ca’. In that it is of the C group, its close affinities to the Sambur, Axis, and Hog-Deer is asserted. C being next to B (Elaphine), its not great distance from the Elaphine is expressed; whilst, although the Reindeer and the Long-tailed Deer have their antlers developed on very similar types, the distance of their relationship is signified by their alphabetical interval—that between C and P or Q. Further, in that Rucervus duvaucelli is represented by Cd’, the d proves that there are other genera closely allied to it, namely a, b, and c, at the same time that, as there is a figure appended, it is to be inferred that there is more than a single species in the genus. On the whole, I know no so concise a way of expressing the relation- ships of species. As to the affinities of the genera here expressed, some are more certainly based than others. Capreolus caprea is one of the most difficult of the Deer tribe to localize; and I have placed it not far from Cervulus on account of the configuration of its glans penis. Dama vulgaris, as well as Dama mesopotamica, from the shape of their antlers—neglecting the palmation, an evidently insignificant character—are intimately allied to the Pseudaxine group; and, as the late Mr. Blyth has so satisfactorily demonstrated, there is no reason why Eld’s Deer should be in any genus other than that in which the Barasingha is situated. The abnormal furcation of the antlers of Elaphurus davidianus renders it extremely difficult to place that species in any definite position among the Old-World Cervidee. 2. Descriptions of eight new Species of South-American Birds. By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Ossert Satvin, M.A., F.R.S. ' [Received January 2, 1877.] (Plate I.) During our past year’s work on the specimens in our Cabinets, we have found it necessary to designate by MS. names the following I ad Anns BIL Ki Arr AA an AN : J Smit del.et lith M&N Hanhart imp 1877.] NEW AMERICAN BIRDS. 19 species of Birds, of which we now beg leave to submit descriptions to the Society. 1, EUPHONIA FINSCHI, sp. nov. Violaceo-nigra: pilei dimidio antico et abdomine toto saturate cas- taneo-aureis: subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis albis: rectricibus omnino nigris immaculatis. Long. tota 3°5, ale 2°1, caude 1-2. Hab. Demerara (Wilkens). Mus. P.L.S. Sclater’s collection contains a single skin of this Huphonia, which belongs to the group of EH. concinna. It is most nearly allied to £. saturata (Cab.)', having a similar chestnut tinge on the abdomen, which, however, is even more strongly developed. But it differs from E. saturata in that only the front half of the top of the head up to the eyes is yellow, instead of the whole cap. The type specimen of this species having been received in exchange from the Bremen Museum, we propose to call it after its worthy Director Dr. Finsch. The collector’s name is stated to be Wilkens. 2. PHEUCTICUS CRISSALIS, Sp. Nov. Pheucticus aureiventris, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 551. Supra niger, uropygio flavo nigro variegato: interscapulit quoque plumis intus flavo transfasciatis: speculo alari et ma- culis tectricum alarum, secundariorum et caude@ tectricum supe- riorum albis : subtus aureo-flavus, in pectoris lateribus parce nigro striatus, crisso albo: cauda nigra, hujus rectricibus tribus utrinque externis plaga quadrata alba in pogonio interiore ornatis : subalaribus flavis ; long. tota 7°7, ale 4'5, caud@ 3°6. Hab, Ecuador, Riobamba (Fraser) ; Sical (Buckley). Oés. Proximus P. uropygiali, sed gutture aureo et crisso albo distinguendus. In describing Ph. uropygialis (P. Z.S. 1870, p. 840) we observed that two skins obtained by Mr. Fraser at Riobamba, in Ecuador, and originally referred to P. aureiventris by Sclater, might possibly belong to P. uropygialis. It now appears, however, from additional specimens of the same form recently obtained by Mr. Buckley in the same district, that the species of the highlands of Ecuador is quite distinct. This, therefore, will make a sixth species of Pheucticus to be placed between P. tibialis and P. chrysogaster’. 3. OCHTHGCA LEUCOMETOPA, Sp. Nov. Ochtheeca leucophrys, Sci. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 986; 1868, p- 569; 1869, p. 154; & 1874, p. 677; Scl. P.Z.S. 1871, p. 750; 1873, p. 780. Supra murino-brunnea, dorso postico rufescenti lavato: super- 1 Phonasca saturata, Cab. J. f. O. 1860, p. 336, et Acroleptes satwratus, ibid, 1861, p. 91, et 1865, p. 407. 2 See the list of the species of this genus, P, Z.S. 1870, p. 840. Q* 20 MESSRS, SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [ Jan. 2, ciliis longis in fronte conjunctis albis ; alis caudaque fusco-nigris, illarum tectricibus et secundariis externis rufescenti anguste limbatis, hujus rectrice una utrinque extima in pogonio externo alba: subtus pallide cinerea, in ventre crissoque alba: rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 6:0, ale 3:0. caude 2°7. Hab. Western Peru, prov. of Cuzco (Whitely) ; district of Junin (Jelshki). Mus. P.L. S. et 8.-G. Obs. Diversa ab O. leucophryi (quacum hucusque confusa) dorso minus rufescente et fasciis alarum castaneis omnino absentibus. The receipt of a skin of the true O. /ewcophrys (Lafr. et D’Orb.) from Bolivia, has enabled us to separate from it this more northern representative of the same form. 4. OCHTH@CA ARENACEA, Sp. nov. Supra obscure arenaceo-brunnea unicolor, alis caudaque fuscis, illarum tectricum fasciis duabus terminalibus et secundariorum marginibus externis pallide rufescenti-ochraceis: loris et cor- pore subtus flavicanti-albis, plaga utringue pectoris fusca : subalaribus ventre concoloribus: rostro et pedibus obscure cor- neis: long. tota 5'0, ale 2°7, caude 2°6. Hab. Columbia int, Mus. S.-G. Obs. Proxima O. rufo-marginate Lawrencii, ex Mquatoria, sed colore supra pallidiore, fasciis alarum ochraceis, nec castaneis, et rostro latiore distincta. We have as yet seen but a single ‘“‘ Bogota” skin of this distinct Ochtheca, which in general style of colour is much like O. setopha- goides, but has a much broader bill. 5. CHLORONERPES DIGNUS, Sp. nov. (Plate I.) . Supra oleagineo-flavus, pileo toto cum nucha necnon dorsi superioris plumarum marginibus ruberrimis : alarum tectricibus ochraceo parce punctatis: subtus flavus, saturato viridi crebre transfas- ciatus, ventre imo et subcaudalibus immaculatis : subalaribus flavis : remigibus subtus in pogonio interiore obscure viridibus, flavido regulariter notatis: cauda nigra, rectricibus duabus utrinque externis flavis nigro transfasciatis : rostro et pedibus nigris : long. tota 6°5, ale 4:0, caud@ 2°2. Hab. Columbia int. prov. Antioquia (Salmon). Mus. P. L. 8. Mr. Salmon sends us a single specimen of this Chloronerpes, which is quite distinct from any thing with which we are acquainted. In its upper surface it is most like C. malherbi, and is of about the same size. But it is at once recognizable by the yellow of the lower part of the belly. The sex of the single specimen is not marked; but, judging by its crimson cap, the bird is probably a male. 1877.] NEW AMERICAN BIRDS. 21 6. CELEUS SUBFLAVUS, sp. nov. Celeus citrinus et C. exalbidus ex Bras. merid. or. auctt. Celeopicus ewxalbidus (jeune mdle varié), Malh. Pic. vol. ii. p. 30, tab. lv. fig. 6. Cinnamomeo-flavus : alis caudaque fuliginoso-nigris, remigum mar- ginibus internis rufis : dorsi superioris et pectoris plumis Suli- ginoso-nigris flavo marginatis: rostro flavo, pedibus fuscis : long. tota 9°5, ale 5:2, caude 3-4: maris striga my stacalt utringue rubra. Hab. Brasil. merid. or. Bahia (Wucherer). Mus. P. L. 8. Obs. A Celeo flavo dorso et pectore squamulatis necnon alis extus omnino fuliginoso-nigris distinguendus. This S.E.-Brazilian form of Celeus flavus (sive citrinus) is so strongly marked that it seems necessary to distinguish it specifi- cally. i the typical form from Cayenne and Guiana the whole of the secondary wing-feathers are of a bright chestnut, and the wing- coverts are more or less edged with yellow. In the Venezuelan and Trinidad form (Celeus semicinnamomeus, Reich. Handb. p. 407, et t. pcix1. fig. 4386) the wing-coverts are immaculate yellow. In the Upper Amazonian form there is an approach to the Bra- zilian species in the fuliginous colouring invading the secondaries ; but the outer and inner edges of these feathers remain chestnut, though not so bright as in the typical form. Of this form, Salvin and God- man’s collection contains an example from Chyavetas (Bartlett). But in none of these local forms is there any appearance of the black markings on the breast and upper back which distinguish the 8.E.-Brazilian bird. Malherbe (/. s. c.) has figured the Brazilian form with tolerable accuracy. We propose to name it Celeus subflavus, under which term it has long stood in Sclater’s collection. 7. CHAMZPELIA BUCKLEYI, sp. nov. 3 griseo-vinaceus, pileo summo et uropygio cinerascentioribus ; Jronte et corpore subtus vinaceis, gula albescentiore : maculis alarum sicut in C. taleapoti, sed majoribus: subalaribus et caude parte apicali fusco-nigris, primariorum tectricibus niger- - rimis: rostro pallide brunneo : pedibus flavis: long. tota 7:0, ale 3°5, caud@ 2°7, rostri a rictu 0°7, tarsi 0°7. Q mart similis, sed corpore supra brunneo-cinnamomeo nec vinaceo : subtus quoque brunnescentior et in abdomine medio albescens. Hab. Santa Rita, Rep. Mquat. (C. Buckley). Mus. S.-G. Obs. C. talpucoti affinis, sed maris coloribus vinaceis (sicut in C. griseola) nec saturate cinnamomeis distinguenda: a C. passerina et speciebus aff. subalaribus nigris diversa. In this apparently distinct species, of which Mr. Buckley has sent 22 MR. R.B. SHARPE ON NEW SPECIES OF WARBLERS. {[Jan. 2, a pair, the male has the general coloration of C. griseola, but the black axillaries of C. talpacoti and C. rufipennis. The only de- scribed species of the latter section which we have not yet succeeded in recognizing is C. godina, Bp. (Consp. ii. p. 79) from Bolivia; but the character “‘ uropygio tantum et tectricibus caudz superioribus purpurascentibus”’ seems to preclude the possibility of the present bird belonging to that species. It may also be doubted whether C. godina is really distinct from C. ¢alpacoti, inasmuch as we possess a specimen marked (with a doubt, however) by Bonaparte himself as C. godina, which is certainly only the female of C. talpacoti. The latter bird has several times been sent from Bolivia (ef. Bp. Consp. ii. p- 79, and Gray, List of Columbe, p. 50, 1856); and we have examined specimens of it sent thence by Bridges which are now in the British Museum. 8. CRAX ERYTHROGNATHA, Sp. nov Purpurascenti-nigra, ventre imo crissoque albis: criste plumis nigris, recurvis: loris nudis: cera et rostro basalt rubris : hujus apice flavicante : pedibus in pelle sicca pallide corylinis : long. tota 28°0, ale 16:0, caude 11:0, tarsi 4-5. Fem. mari similis, sed criste plumis fasciis minutis albis variegatis. Hab. Columbia int. Mus. S8.-G. Obs. Similis C. alectori et ommnino ejusdem forme sed rostro rubro diversa. Of this near ally of C. alector, Salvin and Godman have recently obtained a pair of ‘‘ Bogota”’ skins. As in that species, the female seems to be only distinguishable from the male by her slightly banded crest. 3. On new Species of Warblers in the Collection of the British Museum. By R. Bowpier Suarrz, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum. [Received December 29, 1876.] (Plate II.) All the species described in this paper have been added to the national collection during the past year; and as they are of consider- able interest, I lose no time in bringing them before the Society. They are from Africa and Madagascar. APALIS CERVINIVENTRIS, sp. 0. Supra brunneus, uropygio et supracaudalibus vix rufescenti-ful- vis: tectricibus alarum dorso concoloribus: remigibus saturate brunneis, dorsi colore extus lavatis: cauda brunnea, obscure undulata: pileo summo nuchaque nigris: facie laterali quoque it. del. Mintern Bros. imp. 1, BAOCERCA FLAVIVENTRIS. 2, DROMZ{O0CERCUS BRUNNEUS 1877.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON NEW SPECIES OF WARBLERS. 23 nigra: genis et gula fulvescentibus: plaga magna jugulari nigra : corpore reliquo subtus aurantiaco-fulvo, abdomine medio pallidiore: tibiis brunneo lavatis: subalaribus aurantiaco- Sulvis : rostro nigro : pedibus brunneis, unguibus flavidis. Long. tot. 4:7, culm. 0°55, ale 2:0, caude 1°83, tarsi 0°85. Hab. Gold Coast, W. Africa. The description is taken from a specimen obtained from the Gold Coast. The British Museum contains a second example formerly in my own collection, which I received from Denkera from the native collector Aubinn, who was for some time working for me. This specimen is not in such good condition as the type, being im- perfect about the tail; in general coloration, however, it is similar, excepting as regards the throat, which is entirely black, extending onto the fore neck, the sides of the latter being deep orange chestnut. I believe this to be the male bird, and the one described to be the female of a new species of Apalis, which is not closely allied to any of the members of the African Sylviidz at present described. B2OCERCA FLAVIVENTRIS, sp. u. (Plate II. fig. 2.) Supra olivascenti-viridis, tectricibus alarum dorso concoloribus : remigibus et rectricibus brunneis olivascenti-viridi marginatis, primariis extus flavo-limbatis: pileo cinerascenti-brunneo : loris et superciltis distinctis brunnescenti-fulvis : facie laterali brun- nescenti-fulva, regione parotica anguste albo striata: genis brunneo maculatis: gutture toto brunnescenti-fulvo: corpore reliquo subtus sulphureo, crisso et subcaudalibus albicantibus : corporis lateribus olivascenti-viridibus : tibiis flavis : subalari- bus flavis: remigibus infra cinerascenti-brunneis intus fulves- centi-albo marginatis. Long. tot. 2°9, culm. 0°45, ale 1°95, caude 0°7, tarsus 0°65. Hab. Gold Coast. Of the same form as Beocerca virens of Gaboon, but distinguished by its yellow belly, which is white in the Gaboon species. ‘Two specimens collected by Governor Ussher on the Gold Coast were formerly in my own collection, and now form part of that of the British Museum. DRrRoMZOCERCUS, gen. n. Closely allied to Phlexis, Hartlaub, but distinguished at once by its pointed and loosely webbed tail-feathers, the webs being separate and distinct, as in an Emu-plume: hence the generic name. The type is DROM£OCERCUS BRUNNEUS, sp.n. (Plate II. fig. 1.) Supra rufescenti-brunneus, tectricibus alarum dorso concoloribus : remigibus nigricantibus extus sordide rufescentibus : rectricibus saturate brunneis, rachibus nitide nigris: loris rufescentibus ; subtus dilutius rufescenti-brunneus : gutture pallidiore + sub- alaribus pectore concoloribus. Long. tot. 5°9, culm. 0:45, ale 1°95, cauda 2°5, tarsi 0°75. 24 MR. G. S. BRADY ON BRITISH FRESHWATER MITES. [Jan. 2, Hab. Madagascar. This interesting little Warbler was sent by Mr. A. Kingdon from Madagascar, having been procured by that gentleman during a holi- day excursion in the neighbourhood of Antananarivo. The form of this new genus is closely allied to Phlewis, of which P. layardi, of South Africa, is the type; but it differs in the form of the tail, which is composed of long loose feathers of lax texture with distinctly sepa- rated webs, very much as in Stipiturus of Australia. The typical specimen was presented to the Museum by Mr. Algernon Peckover, of Wisbech, to whom its discoverer Mr. Kingdon had forwarded it. 4. Notes on British Freshwater Mites. By Grorce Strew- arpson Brapy, M.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Professor of Natural History in the College of Physical Science, Newcastle-on-Tyne. [Received December 7, 1876.] (Plates III. and IV.) Though Acari occur pretty abundantly at various depths in the sea, extending, indeed, from the littoral zone to a depth of several fathoms, I am not aware that any species have been recorded as living in fresh water ; and it is unfortunate that, in the case of those which form the subject of the present paper, I am not able to say with absolute certainty that they really ved in the water whence they were taken. It is just possible, though not (as I think) at all likely, that some of them may be terrestrial species which have been washed accidentally into the lakes or ponds in which I found them. Against this view, however, the perfect preservation of the specimens, and the fact of their belonging to unknown species, must be allowed. considerable weight. I hope before long to be able to investigate the matter more closely, and to satisfy myself as to the real habitat of these little creatures. As regards Trombidium fuscum, at any rate, there can be no rea- sonable doubt: it has been found in so many places and in such abundance as to leave no misgiving as to its aquatic habitat. With this fact placed beyond doubt, and remembering that a closely allied family, the Hydrachna, occurs in great profusion in fresh water, there need scarcely be much hesitation in accepting as truly aquatic the species which I here venture to describe as new. The literature of the Acarina is much scattered; and I have had no opportunity of reference to some important papers by Nicolet, Claparéde, &c. The generic definitions given by Dugés, on which I chiefly depend, seem to require revision and amplification. At present it is not an easy matter to refer a new species to its proper genus; and it is quite possible that some of those now under consi- deration may eventually be found to belong to genera other than those to which I have assigned them. Pea Se iter ll = 1 SCHISTOSOMA LONGISETOSUM 4 é_5.RAPHIGNATHUS SPINIFRONS. GSBrady del Hanhart imp 1.3.RHYNCHOLOPHUS HISPIDUS., 4.5. PACHYGNATHUS NIGRESCE 1877.] MR. G.S. BRADY ON BRITISH FRESHWATER MITES. 25 Class ARACHNIDA. Order ACARINA. Family TrRomBrpiaD&. Genus Rapuicnatuus, Dugés. RAPHIGNATHUS SPINIFRONS, nov. sp. (Plate III. figs. 2-5.) Carapace strong and horny, entire, tapering to an acute point in front, broadly rounded behind, notched at the insertions of the legs. Mandibles (fig. 4) stylet-shaped, projecting about as far as the ros- trum; palps short and thick, obtuse, armed with a few long hairs, and near the apex with four short claw-like sete (fig. 3, 6). Coxze contiguous, all arising from the anterior half of the body ; legs five- jointed ; terminal joint very long and slender, tapering much towards the apex, antepenultimate joint very small, basal joint short. The claws are three in number (fig. 5) on each limb, and are moderately curved. The side of the carapace just behind the rostrum (fig. 3) is produced into four strong spines. The last three joints of all the legs bear numerous long hairs ; and the penultimate joint of the first pair is provided also at its outer apical angle with a single very long seta, which reaches beyond the extremity of the limb itself. Eyes not seen. Colour of the carapace dark brown, opaque; of the limbs a clear reddish-brown. Length =, of an inch. Two examples of this species were found amongst a gathering of Entomostraca taken in Crag Lake, Northumberland, in September 1876. It seems to be very nearly allied to a terrestrial species described by Dr. George Johnston, in the ‘ Transactions of the Ber- wickshire Naturalists’ Club,’ under the name of Carabodes nitens. Besides the difference of colour, however, which in Dr. Johnston’s species is ‘ pitch-black,” there appear to be important distinctions (perhaps of generic value) in the structure of the mandibles and palps ; nor in the description of C. nitens is there any note of spinous armature of the carapace. Genus Ruyncuotoruvs, Dugés. RHYNCHOLOPHUS HISPIDUS, nov. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 1-3.) Body soft, apparently destitute of any chitinous carapace; oblong- ovate, covered with thickly set hairs, which are short on the anterior half but longer behind ; the limbs also are densely hispid, especially towards the distal extremities. Coxee distant; 7. e. the first two pairs of legs are separated from the hinder pairs by a long interval. Mandibles short, included in a short triangular sheath; palps short and stout, the terminal joint wide (fig. 2), and having externally a cushion-like hairy papilla, and internally a short strong claw. The limbs are rather slender, the fourth pair the longest, second shortest, third and first pairs nearly equal: the first two joints are, in all the limbs, small, the rest being nearly of equal length except in the two hinder pairs, where the terminal joints are small. The last joint in all the limbs is considerably dilated (fig. 3), and is armed with two 26 MR.G.S. BRADY ON BRITISH FRESHWATER MITES. [Jan. 2, strong slightly falcate claws. Colour, pale yellowish-brown. No eyes were visible. Length -}; of an inch. One specimen only of this curious species was found, in an old engine-pond at Murton Junction, county Durham. Genus Trompipi1vuM, Fabr. TROMBIDIUM FUSCUM, mihi. Trombidium fucicolum, Brady, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 303 and woodcut, p- 304. It is necessary to alter the specific name of this Mite. The examples from which I described it were taken by my friend Mr. Robertson, of Glasgow, among the roots of Fuci in Roundstone Bay ; but I have since noticed it in abundance in several freshwater gatherings, and it is probable that the Roundstone specimens may have been washed out of the adjacent peat-bogs, in the pools of which the little animal occurs plentifully. In any case the name fucicolum is inappropriate. The freshwater localities in which I have taken it are as follows :—Bog-pools, near Clifden (Connemara), ditches (slightly brackish) near Newport (Mayo), Kinny Lough (Donegal), Crag Lake and Capheaton Lake (Northumberland). A specimen which appears to be the male of this species differs in being more slender, and in having four long setz attached to the posterior extremity of the body. Genus Pacuyenatuus, Dugés. PaCHYGNATHUS (?) NIGRESCENS, noy. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 4, 5.) Body broadly ovate, posterior extremity obtusely pointed, rostrum short and broad. The four pairs of legs are nearly equal in length, short and stout, scarcely more slender at the apex than at the base ; the third joint more tumid than the rest ; the apex and sides of most of the joints bear a few short rigid setz ; terminal claws, two on each foot (fig. 5), bent at right angles and fringed with a comb- like series of fine cilia. The integument, both of body and limbs, is marked with closely set impressed circular puncta, which, however, are less distinctly seen on the body, owing to the very opaque and darkly coloured contents of the animal. The entire body and limbs are marked with cloudings of dark blackish-green, apparently arising from the darkly coloured internal parts showing through the skin. Eyes not visible. Length =; of an inch. This species was taken in Crag Lake, Northumberland; but as only one specimen was found, I have been unable to dissect it so as to ascertain the structure of the mouth-apparatus. In general appearance it is very like the marine Pachygnathus sculptus; but the sculpturing of the integument is much more vague and indefinite, the limbs less slender, and the claws altogether different in shape. 1877.] MR. G.S. BRADY ON BRITISH FRESHWATER MITES. 27 Family Acarip2&. Genus ScuisTosoma, nov. gen.’ In general appearance resembling Sarcoptes ; posterior portion of the body divided into two wide triangular processes ; two hinder feet entirely different in structure from the anterior pairs, and projecting directly backwards from the back of the body, the anterior legs also arise from the truncate anterior margin of the body. ScHISTOSOMA LONGISETOSUM, nov. sp. (Plate III. fig. 1.) Body subquadrate, truncate in front ; rostrum obtuse and promi- nent, posterior extremity divided into two triangular pointed laminz, each of which bears several terminal setze, one pair of which is exces- sively long; near the centre of each lamina is a circular organ, not unlike the caudal auditory organ of Mysis. The two anterior pairs of legs are short and robust, each bearing a few setz and one or two marginal spines. The terminal joints of the posterior legs are divided into several slender segments and are destitute of claws; those of the third pair bear one very long and a few smaller sete; the anterior legs terminate apparently in delicate suctorial disks. Behind the rostrum arise, one on each side of the median line, two long sete which project first laterally and then forwards, reaching nearly to the extremities of the feet. Several pairs of somewhat shorter setze arise from the margins and central portion of the body. The animal is pale coloured; and the integument appears to be less dense and horny than in most aquatic Acari. No eyes were visible. Length sy of an inch. One specimen only of this remarkable species was noticed in a gathering of Hatomostraca taken by Mr. Robertson in an old canal at Peterhead. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate III. 1. Schistosoma longisetosum, magnified. 2. Raphignathus spinifrons, magnified. 3. The same. Rostrum, palp, and portion of front of carapace. a. Rostrum; c. Margin of anterior portion of carapace; 6. Palp. 4, Mandibles. 5. Extremity of a foot, with claws. Puate LY. 1. Rhyncholophus hispidus, magnified. 2. Extremity of palp. 3. Extremity of foot, with claws. 4, Pachygnathus nigrescens, magnified. 5. Extremity of foot, with claws. 1 oyiZw, to split; cdma, body. 28 CAPT. H. W. FEILDEN ON THE BIRDS OF (Jan. 16, January 16, 1877. Professor Newton, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. Mr. Sclater exhibited a collection of Mammals, Birds, and Insects which had been formed by the Rev. George Brown, C.M.Z.S., during his recent residence in Duke-of-York Island and his excursions to the neighbouring islands of New Britain and New Ireland, with the assistance of a collector, Mr. Cockerell. The general facies of the collection was strongly Papuan. Mr. Sclater pointed out the great interest which attached to the fauna of these islands, as showing many representatives of some of the most marked characteristic forms of New Guinea, and promised further details, on the collections which had been transmitted to him to be worked out, at a future meeting of the Society. A communication was read from Mr. G. Krefft, C.M.Z.S., con- taining some notes on a young example of Casuarius australis living in Sydney, which was destined for the Society’s Collection. _ The following papers were read :— 1. On the Birds of the North Polar Basin. By Capt. H. W. Fuinpen, C.M.Z.S. [Received January 16, 1877.] I shall endeavour in the few remarks I make this evening to draw your attention especially to the distribution of bird-life along the shores of the Polar Basin between the latitudes of 82° and 83°, the most northern land ever yet visited by human beings. I shall not allude to the ornithology of the West-Greenland shores and that of Baffin’s Bay, which we are well acquainted with through the labours of Sabine, Holbéll, Reinhardt, and several other excellent Danish naturalists ; but I will take you at one step to the 78° of N. lat. and draw your attention to the area lying between the 60° and 75° of W. long., and as far north as the 83rd parallel of N. lat., which embraces Smith’s Sound, Kane’s Basin, Kennedy Channel, Hall’s Basin, Robe- son Channel, and part of the shores of the great frozen Polar Basin. After pushing through the middle pack of Melville Bay and entering the ‘North Water” of the whalers, which usually extends in the summer months from Cape York to Cape Alexander, Arctic voyagers © have always been impressed with the enormous numbers of the Little Auk (Mergulus alle) which frequent this region, attracted no doubt by the vast amount of suitable food which it contains. Mergulus alle breeds in countless numbers in the cliffs around Port Foulke; and for a most graphic account of the Aukeries I refer you to Dr. Hayes’s description published in his interesting volume ‘The Open Polar Sea.’ At Port Foulke we found the surface-temperature of 1877.] THE NORTH POLAR RASIN. 29 the sea on the 28th July +35° Fahr.; on the 29th, after entering Smith’s Sound, the temperature fell to + 31°, rising again in Buchanan Strait to +34°, where birds were comparatively abundant both in species and in numbers. On the 4th of August in the main channel the temperature fell to + 30° and +31°, rising again in the shallower waters of Franklin-Pierce Bay to +33°; and as we proceeded north- wards up the main channel the water fell to+29°, which became its normal temperature until frozen over. I insert these observations on temperature because I am led from them to the conclusion that the distribution of the Arctic species of birds that derive their sustenance from the sea is dependent in a great measure on the surface-tem- perature of the sea-water. After crossing the North Water on the 29th July 1875, and passing north of Cape Isabella, Mergulus alle disappeared. A few Fulmars(Procellaria glacialis) followed the ship ; but on the following day, when we were embayed in the ice off Cape Sabine, they had all left us. Taking shelter from the pack drifting down the Sound we found a commodious little harbour with open water close to Cape Sabine. There we found a colony of about 25 pairs of Larus glaucus breeding, the young nearly ready to fly. Some 6 or 7 pairs of Ivory Gulls (Pagophila eburnea) frequented this harbour; but we failed to discover their nesting-haunts. We noticed a pair of Ravens (Corvus corax) ; and many Eiders (Somateria mollissima) were breeding on the small islets, the eggs deeply incu- bated on the Ist of August. On the 4th of August. we had worked round Cape Sabine into Buchanan Strait. There we noticed a few Mergulus alle, two or three examples of <Alca arra, several Sterna macrura, and on shore several Plectrophanes nivalis, and a single example of Agialitis hiaticula, which proved to bea 2. On the 10th and 11th of August we found a few Eiders (Somateria mol- lissima) breeding on Norman-Lockyer Island, two pairs of Sterna macrura breeding, and one or two Pagophila eburnea hovering over pools and cracks in the floe. On the 14th of August, at Cape Hilgard, we found the Black Guillemot (Uria grylle) breeding in the limestone cliffs at an elevation of from 400 to 500 feet, and noticed a solitary Larus glaucus cruising along the shore. Our sportsmen also procured that day on the shores of Dobbin Bay a ? and ¢ adult Logopus rupestris and three young ones. A flock of three Turn- stones (Strepsilas interpres) passed the ship, flying south ; I shot one, a bird of the year. August 16th, near Hayes point, Mr. Hart observed a pair of White Falcons (Falco candicans) nesting in a lofty cliff. A few miles further north I saw a pair of Ivory Gulls nesting in a high precipice ; but it was impossible to reach the spot. On August 13th, when embayed in the ice near the shore in N, lat. 79° 37’, Black Guillemots were observed to be nesting in the cliffs in con- siderable numbers. During our run from Cape Collinson through Kennedy Channel, which was comparatively open, to Bessel’s Bay I did not notice a single bird; but in Bessel’s Bay Black Guillemots (Uria grylle) were numerous, and a considerable number of Somaterie with their young broods were seen on the 23rd of August. Discovery Bay was 30 CAPT. H. W. FEILDEN ON THE BIRDS OF (Jan. 16, reached on the 25th of August: 81°44’. There we saw several examples of Tringa canutus in small flocks, evidently migrating south. These birds were already in winter plumage. I also observed several Turnstones. On the 26th of August I found eight or ten pairs of Sterna macrura breeding on a small islet at the entrance to Discovery Bay. The land by this date was covered with autumn snow; but I found a downy living young one in a nest from which the old birds had scooped out the snow and piled around the depres- sion. Sept. Ist, 1875, I observed a single Ivory Gull flying round the ship in Lincoln Bay; and during a pelting snow-storm, as we rounded Cape Union in 82° 15’ a single Strepsilas interpres hovered for a short time under the lee of our ship. On that day we attained our highest northern latitude in the vessel, viz. 82° 28’; and as we ran in for shelter from the pack, between the shore and the grounded hummocks I saw a family party of Harelda glacialis,7 or 8 in number, seated on a small piece of ice. Landing, I waded knee- deep through soft snow which then covered the shore, but failed to get a shot. I also saw a fine Larus glaucus, which I tried to stalk in vain. Sept. 2, a single Dovekie (Uria grylle) flew past the ship, flying south, the last of this species observed that year. Sept. 5th, Markham and Aldrich, at Dumbell Harbour, in lat. 82° 30’, came across 11 Eiders, three old females and their uecdai ina tide-crack. They killed five with their rifles, but were not able to get hold of any of them, the ice around the crack being too treacherous. They also observed a single Turnstone. Sept. 19th, a pair of Harelda glacialis alighted in a pool near the ship and were ob- tained. Sept. 29th, near Point Hercules, in lat. 82° 40’, the autumn sledgers observed four Lagopus rupestris in winter plumage. Oct. 2nd, I observed a Snowy Owl seated on the top of a hummock, about a mile from our winter quarters. After this over five months elapsed before any feathered creature reappeared; but in the afternoon of the 11th March, 1876, the quartermaster on watch reported three white birds as having flown past the ship. They were probably Lagopus rupestris, as a few days after, on the 17th, tracks of these birds were observed in the snow at various points within a few miles of the ship. On the 29th March Lieut. Parr saw a Snowy Owl, very wild. Onthe 13th May, 1876, I heard the first Snow-Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis), as we lay in our tent on the floe at the base of a cliff. The note came from above, clear and musical, and each inmate of the tent started into a sitting posture, and said “‘ Hush, hush, do you hear it?’’ One of the sailors said to me, ‘‘ What bird is that, sir? it is sweeter than a throstle”’ On the return of the northern sledge-party, Lieut. Parr on the 27th May met with a straggling Snow-Bunting near to the 83° of N. lat. So this species can claim for itself the highest northern range yet recorded of any bird. June 5th, whilst travelling in lat. 82° 33’, I observed the first Knots, Sanderlings, and Turnstones ; a flock of Brent Geese passed over our heads. June 6th, noticed first Long-tailed Skuas (Stercorarius longicaudatus). June 24th, noticed first Somateria spectabilis. 1877.] THE NORTH POLAR BASIN. 31 The following is a systematic list of the species of birds met with along the shores of the Polar Basin :— 1. NyCTEA SCANDTACA. Several pairs seen ; found breeding. Feeds on Lemmings. 2. PLECTROPHANES NIVALIS. Generally dispersed ; breeding. 3. LAGOPUS RUPESTRIS. Undoubtedly breeding, but nest not found. About ten brace were killed by various members of the ship’s company; I killed one in 82° 46’. 4, STREPSILAS INTEPRES. A few pairs observed, undoubtedly breeding; but though we searched long and carefully, we did not find the nest. 5. CALIDRIS ARENARIA. A few pairs noticed. Obtained breeding in 82° 33’ N. lat. 6. PHALAROPUS FULICARIUS. T noticed this bird twice—a 2 killed near the ship in lat. 82° 27’, and a pair, evidently breeding, on a small lake in lat. 82° 30’. 7. TRINGA CANUTUS. The commonest of the Waders, remains in flocks the whole sum- mer. Very wild, but breeding. Unable to find nest; but we captured the young in down. * 8. STERNA MACRURA. ‘Not uncommon ; we noticed 6 or 8 pairs scattered along the coast- lines we visited. Found breeding. 9. Larus GLaucus. Observed on several occasions, but only as a straggler. 10. SrERCORARIUS LONGICAUDATUS. Scattered along the coast; every two or three miles a pair were to be found breeding. They live on Lemmings. 11. PRocELLARIA GLACIALIS. A single example picked up dead in lat. 82° 30’. 12. UriA GRYLLE. Two examples observed, one in the autumn of 1875, the other in June 1876 ; evidently stragglers. 13. Cotymsus (species uncertain). Seen 2nd September, 1875. 14, HARELDA GLACIALIS. A few pairs, undoubtedly breeding. Nest not discovered. 32 ON THE MAMMALS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. (Jan. 16, 15. SoMATERIA SPECTABILIS. The only Eider noticed north of Cape Union ; breeding in limited tuumbers. 16. BERNICLA BRENTA. Not uncommon along the shores of the Polar Basin, breeding. 2. Notes on some of the smaller Mammals of the Argentine Republic. By Henry Durnrorp. [Received December 18, 1876.] [Mr. Henry Durnford, now resident near Buenos Ayres and well known as a diligent collector of birds, has sent me specimens of three small Mammals, with the subjoined notes on their habits. I trust he may be induced to continue his researches in this depart- ment, as the smaller Rodents of La Plata are still very imperfectly understood. Mr. Alston has kindly determined the species.—P. L. 8. ] 1. Hesperomys vuxtpinus (Licht.); Burm. Syst. Ueb. Th. Bras. i. p. 163. This Rat is not common, and from its habits and the inaccessible places it frequents is difficult to obtain. Hitherto I have only found ‘it in lagunes to the north of Buenos Ayres, where the reeds and aquatic plants afford plenty of cover. In these extensive swamps it lives, making a large oval nest of rushes and grass, the finer fibres towards the interior, and generally building its dwelling about a foot above the water, amongst the reeds, but sometimes higher than this. It swims and dives with great ease and rapidity. Its food, so far as I have observed from the only two specimens I have obtained, consists of aquatic weeds and grass. 2. HespERomys ELIuRUS, Wagner; Burm. op. cit. p. 173. This Mouse is found in the same places as the preceding species, and is much more common than that animal. It lives amongst thick reeds, making a small oval nest of grass and fine rushes. Its chief peculiarity is the length of its hind legs, which enables it to take enormous leaps for so small an animal ; and this is very neces- sary, as its only means of escape is by jumping from its nest, some- times three feet above the water, into the weeds which cover the surface of the lagunes. It dives and swims with great rapidity. It is very often found in the nests of Synallaxis melanops, which are numerous, and yenerally about the same height above the water as its own. 3. DipeLpHys crassicaupAta (Desm.). This is the Comadreja colorada of the country. It is rare, lives in old hollow trees, roofs of houses, &c., and sometimes commits great havoc in the poultry-yard. The other species of Comadreja' is quite common. 1 [Didelphys azare?—Ep. | 1877.]| MR. G. F. ANGAS ON A NEW SPECIES OF HELIX. 33 3. Note on the Solid-hoofed Pigs in the Society’s Collection. By A. H. Garrop, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society. On November 2nd, 1876, there arrived in the Gardens a pair of Pigs (domestic variety) presented to the Society by Don J. Alfonso de Aldama, from Cuba, peculiar in that the hoofs of all the feet, instead of being cloven, are solid, much resembling those of the Ass, with the lateral diminutive digits as they are always found in the Pig. The sow gave birth on November 15th to a litter of six, three males and three females. Of these the hoofs were solid (like those in the parents) in three, namely in two males and one female. In the remaining male and two females the hoofs were double, as in the animal under ordinary circumstances. Four of the young pigs are now living (a pair of solid-hoofed and a pair of normal-hoofed), a male solid-hoofed and a female split- hoofed specimen having died within a few days of birth. On examining the feet of the deceased male solid-hoofed specimen, it was seen, as might have been inferred from an inspection of the living animals, that all the monstrosity is confined to the ungual phalanges. The proximal and second phalanges are separated as usual, whilst at the extreme distal ends of the ungual phalanges these bones are completely fused together; and, further, there is a third ossicle developed at their proximal ends, where they are not com- pletely united, between and above them. It might have been imagined that the deformity was simply the result of an agglutination along the middle line of the two com- pletely formed digits ; but such is not the case, the nail-structure being absent in the interval, where it is replaced by bone with a transverse cartilage below it. The nail is continued straight across the middle line of the hoof, as in the horse. In Mr. Darwin’s ‘Animals and Plants under Domestication’ (ed. 2, vol. i. p. 78), a full account will be found of several cases in which an exactly similar deformity existed. 4. Description of a New Species of Helix from South Aus- tralia. By Grorce Frencu Aneas, C.M.Z.S. [Received January 9, 1877.] Hexix (RaAGADA) KOORINGENSIS, 0. sp. Shell umbilicated, somewhat globosely lenticular, rather thin, strongly obliquely flexuously corrugated, the corrugations more or less elevated and irregular, the interstices crossed with short, im- pressed, interrupted, transverse lines, especially on the basal portion of the last whorl, cretaceous, white; spire flatly conoidal, apex obtuse, sutures impressed; whorls 5, slightly convex, the last very strongly flatly carinated, not descending in front, the base tumid Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. III. 3 34 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. _—_[Jan. 16, around the umbilicus; aperture oblique, subquadrate ; outer lip simple; columella arcuate, slightly thickened and partly expanded over the umbilicus. Diam. maj. 1 inch, min. 10 lin., alt. 6 lin. : Hab. Found 30 miles in a-‘N.E. direction from the Burra Mines, South Australia (F. G. Waterhouse). This remarkable species is very similar in the character of its sculpture to H. silveri, Ang.; but the corrugations are less regular, the umbilicus is larger, the shell is flattened, and the last whorl very prominently keeled. ~ 5. Descriptions of two Genera and twenty Species of Marine Shells from New South Wales. By GroreE Frencu Aneas, C.M.ZS., F.L.S., F.R.G.S., &e. [Received January 11, 1877.] | (Plate V.) Purpura (CroniA) ANOMALA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 1.) Shell ovately fusiform, rather solid, ornamented with a brownish- orange band spotted with black encircling the last whorl, and appear- ing again just above the sutures of the upper whorls, and with irre- gular undulating longitudinal chestnut lines, strongest near the base of the last whorl; whorls 5, angulated at the upper part, distantly longitudinally ribbed, the ribs stout and rounded and becoming swollen and nodulous above, transversely finely ridged throughout ; spire elevated, apex sharp; aperture elongately ovate; outer lip arcuate ; columella nearly straight, with a moderate callus overlapp- ing the pillar. Length 43, breadth 2 lines. Hab. Dredged outside Port-Jackson Heads, in 25 fathoms (Brazier). & curious little shell, from deep water, which I have placed pro- visionally in Messrs. H. and A. Adams’s subgenus Cronia, represented by the Purpura amygdala, Kien. Genus Microvotuta, Angas. Shell small, ovately fusiform, solid, smooth, shining; spire as long as the aperture, apex papillary; whorls simple; aperture nar- rowly ovate ; columella with 4 strong transverse plaits, the anterior Eee Oy far, wi G Sowerby hth. Hanhart imp NEW SPECIES OF MARINE MOLLUSCA Jrom New South Wales 1877. ] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS, 35 one the smallest ; outer lip thin, simple, slightly contracted at the base; base rounded, spout-shaped, with a flexuous bend upwards towards the columella, which is a little thickened and reflected below the plaits. ' MicrovoLvTa AvsTRALIS, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 2.) Shell ovately fusiform, solid, smooth, shining, with very fine lon- gitudinal lines of growth, white, or ornamented with two rows of distant irregular chestnut blotches and zigzag lines ; spire elevated, apex obtuse, papillary; whorls 54, slightly convex ; aperture nar- rowly ovate ; outer lip simple, a little contracted below; base rounded ; columella furnished with four prominent transverse laits. P Length 5 lines, diam. 12 line. Hab. Dredged in 25 fathoms water, outside Port-Jackson Heads (Brazier). The deep siphonal notch, and the toothed projection of the base of the pillar, so characteristic of the volutes, are absent in this curious little genus. CotumBELLA (ANACHIS) SPECIOSA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 3.) Shell minute, fusiform, thin, subtransparent, green, ornamented with very fine undulating chestnut lines, and encircled by two bands of irregular square or crescent-shaped Opaque white spots; whorls 5, the last longitudinally plicate above, smooth below. Long. 1, lat. 3 line. Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier). A very elegantly painted, minute shell, of great beauty. TURBONILLA FESTIVA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 4.) Shell acuminately turreted, semipellucid, white, ornamented with a narrow pale brown band at the centre of the whorls, two on the last whorl; whorls 8, rather convex, finely longitudinally plicate, the interstices, under the lens, crossed with extremely minute trans- verse punctured lines; sutures strongly impressed ; the last whorl smooth at the base ; aperture oblong-ovate; outer lip simple, arcuate. Length 2 lines, breadth ? line. Hab. Port Jackson ; deep water (Brazier). CINGULINA BRAZIERI, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 5.) Shell subulately turreted, moderately thin, whitish, shining ; whorls 11, very slightly convex, with three flattened spiral ribs separated by a deep, narrow groove, the lowest rib the broadest ; sutures impressed ; base smooth, convex ; aperture subquadrate ; outer lip thin, arcuate; columella straight and slightly thickened. Length 4 lines, breadth 1 line. Hab. Port Jackson. APICALIA GUENTHERI, n.sp. (Plate V. fig. 6.) Shell globosely subulate, thin, subpellucid, shining, horn-coloured, 3* 36 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. (Jan. 16, very finely longitudinally striated, and showing, beneath the lens, minute transverse strize on the upper whorls ; whorls 7, very slightly convex, flattened immediately below the sutures, the last large, inflated, and hardly subangulate at the periphery ; apical whorls of spire wanting ; sutures impressed ; aperture semilunar, pointed behind and rounded in front ; columellar margin arcuate, thickened towards the base ; outer lip thin, simple, rounded, a little flattened above. Long. 7, diam. 43 lines. Hab. New South Wales (coll. Brit. Mus.). This curious species I have provisionally placed in Mr. Arthur Adams’s genus Apicalia rather than among the true Stylifers. The family Styliferidee requires revision. CERITHIOPSIS PURPUREA, h. Sp. (Plate V. fig. 7.) Shell elongately acuminated, moderately solid, purplish brown, with the last rib on each whorl grey; whorls 11 or 12, encircled with rounded equidistant ribs, 4 to a whorl, the last smaller, an extra rib on the base of the last whorl, which is flattened and very minutely striated, the interstices finely longitudinally striated; nucleolar whorl sinistral; aperture quadrately ovate; outer lip thin; columella arcuate and produced in front. Length 32 lines, breadth 1 line. Hab. Dredged off Shark Island, Port Jackson. This species differs from C. crocea, Ang., in being smaller and more cylindrical, with a narrower base, in its style of colouring, and in having the lateral outline less rectilinear. A variety occurs of a pale livid brown colour. Conus (STEPHANOCONUS) SMITHI, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 8.) Shell small, stoutly conoidal, irregularly, faintly, longitudinally striated by the lines of growth, finely transversely grooved towards the base, straw-colour clouded with pale chestnut ; the upper whorls ornamented with distant dark chestnut flames, a few scattered spots of the same colour, indicating two bands, occurring on the body- whorl, which is encircled throughout with equidistant narrow fillets of a pale hue closely reticulated with chestnut spots ; spire elevated ; whorls turreted, concave, radiately lirate ; apex papillose ; aperture rather wide, the outer lip angled above at its junction with the whorl, nearly straight, and parallel to the columella. Length 5, breadth 3 lines. Hab. Cape Solander, Botany Bay (Brazier). A very prettily painted little species, belonging to the same sec- tion as C. rutilis, Menke. DriLLia £MULA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 9.) Shell elongately ovately fusiform, purplish brown ; whorls 10, strongly carinated a little below the sutures and sharply angulated in the middle, below which descend irregular longitudinal ribs nodulous at the angle, strongly transversely ridged below the angle, and more finely above, the upper space between the angle and the 1877.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. 37 suture being crossed with delicate crescent-shaped descending strize ; spire sharp ; aperture elongately ovate; outer lip simple, a little con- tracted below ; posterior sinus moderate ; canal short, scarcely re- curved. Length 1 inch, breadth 4 lines. Hab. Coasts of New South Wales. This species is allied to D. harpularia, Des Moul., from South Australia, but differs from it in having transverse ribs on the lower whorl, and being nodulous at the summits of the longitudinal plice. The aperture also differs in form. There are specimens of this shell in the British Museum, from New Zealand, which have the ribs and nodulous sculpture more prominent than in the type. There are also 2 examples of a variety of a uniform dull yellow colour. MANGELIA JACKSONENSIS, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 10.) Shell elongately fusiformly turreted, solid, pale fulvous yellow ; whorls 7, angulated and flattened at the upper part, longitudinally somewhat prominently ribbed, the ribs slightly nodulous at the angle of the whorl, the interstices crossed with narrow grooved lines in pairs, which are interrupted by the longitudinal ribs; aperture elongately ovate ; outer lip thin, simple; base of columella some- times tinged with brown ; posterior sinus very shallow. Length 7, breadth 2 lines. Hab. Dredged off Port-Jackson Heads in 25 fathoms (Brazier). MANGELIA FLAVESCENS, 0. sp. (Plate V. fig. 11.) Shell ovately fusiformly turreted, solid, pale buff, sometimes tinged with yellowish orange on the ribs; whorls 6}, conspicuously angled below the sutures and longitudinally distantly stoutly ribbed, the ribs sharply nodulous at the angle, the lower half of the last whorl finely transversely ridged; aperture elongately ovate, outer lip flattened inwards ; posterior sinus moderate, slanting upwards. Alt. 25 lines, diam. 1} line. Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier). In one specimen the ribs are suffused with orange at the angle. CLATHURELLA BRENCHLEYI, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 12.) Shell fusiformly turreted, moderately solid, light brown inclining to ash-colour towards the apex ; whorls 8, slightly angulated at the upper part, and somewhat compressed next the sutures, longitudi- nally more or less prominently ribbed, the ribs crossed with regular elevated ridges, which are less distinct below the sutures, from which descend very fine and close-set crescent-shaped strize as far as the angle of the whorl, crossing the concentric lines; spire sharp, apex dark brown or purple; aperture elongately ovate, brown within ; outer lip denticulated at the edge, crenate within, and margined with white; posterior sinus broad and shallow; canal short, wide, and recurved. Length 9, breadth 3 lines. Hab. Port Stephens, New South Wales (Brazier), 38 MR, G. F, ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. (Jan. 16, CLATHURELLA RUFOZONATA, 0. sp. (Plate V. fig. 13.) Shell fusiformly turreted, solid, white, sometimes with a zone of double interrupted chestnut lines near the base of the last whorl, similar chestnut markings béing occasionally apparent here and there near the upper portion of the whorls; whorls 6, convex, longitudi- nally ribbed and crossed with transverse ridges that become sharply and prominently nodulous upon the ribs; spire sharp, apex light brown; aperture narrowly quadrate; outer lip varicose and denti- culated ; posterior sinus moderate. Length 23 lines, breadth 1 line. Hab. “ Bottle and Glass” rocks, Port Jackson (Brazier). A pretty little white species presenting a more or less beaded appearance all over, sometimes marked with interrupted transverse chestnut lines. CLATHURELLA PUSTULATA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 14.) Shell fusiformly turreted, moderately solid, white, irregularly longitudinally flamed with brown on the upper whorls, with two broad brown bands on the last whorl ; whorls 6, convex, longitudi- nally costate, with about 10 rounded ribs, encircled by about the same number of narrow prominent ridges that become slightly nodulous at the intersections, the interstices showing, under the lens, very faint descending strie ; the lower portion of the basal whorl and the pillar strongly granulated; spire sharp; aperture elongately ovate ; outer lip thickened and varied behind, dentate within ; columella nearly straight above, slightly sinuous below ; canal short and open; posterior sinus broad and shallow. Length 33 lines, breadth 1} line. Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier). This species, which is prettily variegated with ash-brown, may be at once recognized by the stout granules at the base of the pillar. CLATHURELLA MODESTA, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 15.) Shell fusiformly turreted, solid, fulvous brown; whorls 53, con- vex, stoutly and distantly longitudinally ribbed, and crossed with prominent erect ridges becoming sharply nodulous at the intersec- tion ; spire sharp; aperture narrowly ovate; outer lip somewhat flattened and thickened, strongly dentate within; columella a little sinuous, with a few small granulations at the base of the whorl ; posterior sinus rather broad. Alt. 23 lines, diam. 1 line. Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier). Genus CrrsonELLA, Angas. Shell minute, globosely turbinate, smooth, narrowly umbilicated ; aperture circular; peritreme continuous, slightly thickened. 40° CIRSONELLA AUSTRALIS, nD. sp. (Plate V. fig. 16.) Shell globosely turbinate, narrowly umbilicate, semiopaque, smooth, 1877.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. 39 shining, white; whorls 4, convex; the last large, rounded at the periphery; aperture circular, peritreme continuous, slightly thickened on the columellar margin. Alt. 1 line, breadth 1 line. Hab. Found in shell sand, Botany Bay, New South Wales. This little shell differs from Crossea, A. Ad., in the absence of the basal tooth so characteristic of that genus. It will not-agree with Putilla, A. Ad., as in the latter genus the peritrenie is not con- tinuous ; nor can it be referred either to Microthyca, A. Ad., or Umbonella, A. Ad. I place it provisionally amongst the Trochide. ETHALIA BRAZIERI, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 17.) Shell depressedly orbicular, white, shining, semitransparent, smooth, with numerous fine concentric impressed lines both above and below the sutures and at the base of the last whorl; whorls 33, rapidly increasing ; suture impressed, with a narrow opaque band; last whorl rounded at the periphery; base slightly excavated; aperture subcircular ; outer lip thin, arcuate; columella with a moderate callus expanded over the umbilical region. Diam. 2 lines, alt. 1 line. Hab. Shell sand, “ Sow and Pigs”’ reef, Port Jackson (Brazier). Myonta sinvata, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 18.) Shell elongately turreted, thin, semipellucid, white, transversely striated with narrow, equidistant, opaque diaphanous lines, and crossed on the last whorl with extremely delicate longitudinal striz ; whorls 8, convex ; sutures channelled ; aperture ovate, angled above, rounded below; columella arcuate, a little flattened and reflected over the body-whorl; outer lip deeply sinuous above, forming a sharp angle at its junction with the last whorl, rounded and effuse below. Alt. 34 lines, diam. 14 line. Hab. Dredged on the ‘“‘Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson (Brazier). Although in this shell the slight plait or twist on the columella is not discernible, it otherwise resembles a Myonia; and I have therefore placed it in that genus, which belongs to the Acteonide, rather than with Monoptygma or Menestho. The sinuous outer lip is a remarkable feature in this species. ToORNATINA HOFMANI, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 19.) Shell cylindrical, white, very finely striated by the lines of growth, with a few distant irregular transverse strize discernible towards the lip on the body-whorl ; whorls 53, the upper ones slightly convex, and channelled at the sutures, the last a little shouldered above and very slightly concave in the middle ; apex sharp ; aperture narrow above, dilated below, and rounded at the base ; outer lip thin, arched when viewed laterally, and slightly contracted in the middle ; colu- * mella somewhat thickened below, with a small blunt flexuous pro- 40 REV. CANON TRISTRAM ON ELIOMYS MELANURUs. [Jan. 16, jection near the base, and covered by a callus extending nearly to the top of the whorl. Length 3+ lines, breadth 13 line. Hab. “Sow and Pigs”’ reef, Port Jackson (Brazier). TORNATINA BRENCHLEYI, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 20.) Shell ovately cylindrical, white, shining, very finely striated by the lines of growth, and exhibiting only faint traces of spiral stria- tion; whorls 4}, the two apical ones forming a small tubercle, the rest somewhat dleyateds turreted, and separated by a deeply but not broadly channeiled suture ; aperture narrow above, gradually dila- ting and curved at the base ; the outer lip not extending to the top . of the whorl and slightly contracted in the middle; the columella furnished with a stout callous plication, which is connected above with the labrum by a thin callous deposit on the whorl. Length 3 lines, breadth 1 line. Hab. Dredged outside Port-Jackson Heads in 10 fathoms water (Brenchley), coll. Brit. Mus. EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. . Purpura (Cronia) anomala, p. 34. Microvoluta australis, p. 35. . Columbella (Anachis) speciosa, p. 35. . Turbonilla festiva, p. 39. Cingulina brazieri, p. 35. . Apicalia guentheri, p. 35. . Cerithiopsis purpurea, p. 36. . Conus (Stephanoconus) fae a p. 36, . Drillia emula, p. 36. 10. Mangelia jacksonensis, p. 37. f Slavescens, p. 37. 12. Clathurella brenchleyi, p. 37. rufozonata, p. 38. 14. —— pustulata, p. 38. modesta, p. 38. 16. Cirsonella australis, p. 38. 17. Ethalia brazieri, p. 89. 18. Myonia sinuata, p. 39. 19. Tornatina hofmani, p. 39. brenchleyi, p. 40. Fig. 6. Notes on Eliomys melanurus and on some other Rodents of Palestine. By H. B. Tristram, F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. (Plate VI.) By far the richest part of the fauna of the desert-regions of Western Asia is its Rodents ; and it is certainly that of which we know the least. Almost all the small mammals of the stony region south of Judeea, of the whole Sinaitic peninsula, and of the vast sandy and - rocky expanses which stretch with little variation from Damascus and Moab to Bagdad, are crepuscular or nocturnal in their habits. 1877.] REV. CANON TRISTRAM ON ELIOMYS MELANURUs. 41 Explorers are well content if they can by great good fortune trap or shoot a chance specimen ; but it is impossible for them to note, still less to study, the habits of these most interesting creatures. The inexorable fate of the eastern traveller is similar to that of the victim of the police. He must be always moving on. Yet with all these difficulties to contend against, I have obtained in those regions no less than 26 species of the smaller Glires, of the families Spalacini, Murini, Merionides, Dipodide, Arvicolini, Myoxini, omitting alto- gether Squirrels, Hares, &c. I am satisfied that this list could be very largely increased with time and Opportunity ; for Ihave myself observed many species which I could not succeed in capturing, especially Dormice and Hamsters. One might be easily accused of exaggeration in describing the countless numbers of holes and burrows in regions which for a great part of the year present the appearance of utter desert. Sometimes for miles a district has the appearance are occupied by the various species of Chat (Sawicoline); but I have good evidence for believing that these birds only utilize existing burrows, from the fact that in digging out their nests, I have found traces of the original builders in the shape of their excreta, and also runs which had manifestly not been used by the birds. Of the many species we have procured, I have had favourable opportunities of noting the habits of only one or two. One of these, Acomys dimidiatus, a beautiful little isabel-coloured Mouse, with the coat of a Hedgehog, I watched for an hour or two among bare gravel near the Dead Sea. Its colour so perfectly har- monized with the pebbles that I could not have detected it had I not caught its eye as it was nibbling a root, puffed out like a little ball. As it ate, its quills lay smoothly back; but when it began, as it soon did, to scrape into the sand, its bristles were erect. Its food on this occasion was the bulb of a small crocus. This explains the vast number of these various Rodents in this apparent desert. The larger proportion of ‘the plants are bulbous or tuberous; and after a nine months’ utter barrenness, the first Winter rains soon carpet the waste with a brilliant spangling of bulbous flowers—crocus, iris, squills, asphodels, cyclamens, and others. Their glory is soon over; but the large succulent roots remain, retaining their moisture through the summer, and thus affording abundant nutriment to the little burrowers. I much regret that we were singularly unfortunate in our attempts to shoot or trap one Rodent, which puzzled us much. It abounded on the uplands of Moab ; and I have not noticed it_elsewhere. It seemed not much smaller than a rabbit, and lived in colonies, never coming out till sunset. Soon afterwards one might hear tapidly reanswering cries, like a faint squeaking bark, and the little creatures were perched each at the mouth of a burrow, down which they disappeared instantaneously on the least alarm. It was in vain to attempt to dig for them, as the burrows were among the 42 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Feb. 6, ruins of ancient cities, and under the foundations of old walls, or else led into the fissures of natural rocks. In the wooded districts we also noticed two or three species of Dormice or Palm-rats, all with tails more or less bushy, which eluded us. The specimen which I exhibit of the Zliomys melanurus of Wagner (Abh. bay. Ak. Wiss. iii. p. 176, pl. ii. fig. 1), belongs to the only species obtained in my visit to Moab with which I had not previously met. We obtained two specimens, one among the ruins of Um Rasas, standing in a treeless waste, the other at the old Roman city of Ziza. They were both trapped in their runs, near the mouth of a hole in the old wall. When let loose in a box, Eliomys is a very beautiful and interesting creature. The face, with the two broad black lines running to behind the ears, bordered with a fringe almost white on either side, and the large and moving ears, is most winning; and the tail as it moves slowly is curled up over its back, like a Squirrel’s ; but in running it is carried behind it. Altogether it is very squirrel- like in its movements. There is no difference in markings between the sexes; we procured one example of each. One of these is in my collection; the other is in the possession of its captor, the Rev. Mowbray Trotter, of Sheffield. I much regret that I am unable to throw any further light on the habits of this rare and interesting creature; but the locality where our specimens were found confirms the account given by Wagner, that it inhabits holes in the ground. It is somewhat curious that no structural difference of any importance can be detected between it and its arboreal congeners. So far as I know, only two specimens are known to have existed in collections before we met with ifin Moab. These were the types of Wagner’s description, brought from the Sinaitic peninsula by Von Schubart; and as Wagner’s illustra- tion is rude and uncharacteristic (the animal being represented on a branch of a tree), one of our examples has been figured in the accompanying drawing (Plate VI.) in a more natural attitude. February 6, 1877. Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1877. The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of January was 46, of which 27 were by presentation, 17 by purchase, and 2 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 76. 1877.]| MR. R. COLLETT ON PHYLLOSCOPUS BOREALIS. 43 Dr. Giinther read a memoir on the Tortoises collected by Com- mander Cookson, R.N., during the recent visit of H.M.S. ‘ Peterel’ to the Galapagos Islands. Mr. Howard Saunders exhibited a specimen of the Panay Sooty Tern (Sterna anestheta'), which had been obtained on the British coast on a light-ship, probably either at the mouth of the Thames or of the Medway. This was stated to be the first notice of the occurrence of this bird within British limits. Mr. Sclater called attention to the original and unique specimen of his Manucodia comrii (P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 459), now belonging to the collection of the Marquess of Tweeddale, the President of the Society, which, since it was described and figured, had undergone a most efficient ‘‘ remake” in Mr. Bartlett’s able hands. The curly feathers of the head, were now much more apparent and better developed than shown even in the woodcut given with the original description, and formed standing ridges over each eye. The tail was not flat, as would appear from the figure (pl. xlii.), but “‘ boat-shaped”’ as in some of the American Grakles (Quiscalus), i. e. with the median tail-feathers elevated above the lateral. The two middle tail-feathers were very peculiar in construction, being shorter by 7 of an inch than the next pair, and having the inner webs twisted round over the outer, so as to show their under surfaces. The following papers were read :— 1. On Phylloscopus borealis and its Occurrence in Norway. By Rosert Couttert, C.M.Z.S., Conservator of the Zoo- logical Museum of the University of Christiania &c. [Received Jan. 15, 1877.] In the summer of 1876, when visiting for the third time during the last six years the province of Finmark, mainly with the object of studying fishes and marine invertebrata, I resolved on devoting a few days to excursions along the forest-clad slopes of the rivers that flow into the great Porsanger, Laxe, Tana, and Varanger fjords. Among the more southern of the vertebrate species occurring here in con- siderable numbers, I hoped to light upon forms not hitherto observed in those regions (the most northerly of our country), and further elucidate the question as to what influence their occurrence in dif- ferent degrees of latitude exerts on their outward structure and general habits. These parts of.Finmark having never before been visited by any naturalist, it struck me as not impossible that I might ' See P. Z, 8, 1876, p. 664. 44 MR. R. COLLETT ON PHYLLOSCOPUS BOREALIS. ([Feb. 6, fall in with some of the eastern species that are found inhabiting the shores of the White Sea, but which hitherto have not been observed in Norway. My surmise proved correct; for sooner than I had anticipated, on one of the first of my excursions on the Porsanger Fjord, in the beginning of July, I met with Phylloscopus borealis in several localities on the banks of the rivers emptying into that fjord. On the 4th of July, when traversing (in company with my friend Mr. Landmark, Inspector of Salmon Fisheries, at that time engaged in investigating the rivers of that region) one of the extensive and comparatively iuxuriant birch-forests on the slopes of one of those rivers, my attention was attracted by a song wholly unknown to me, and which I at once set down as that of one of the many species of eastern Sylviide. I had soon secured two individuals, both male birds; and having at hand Meves’s paper about his journey in Northern Russia, I im- mediately recognized them as belonging to the species described by Blasius, in ‘‘ Naumannia”’ for 1858, as Phylloscopus borealis ; and we saw and heard several others at the same place. A few days later, when strolling along the banks of one of the other rivers, I again observed this species in several places, in a tract about ten English miles in extent, and again shot two, also males, but was not able on my comparatively rapid progress through this part of the country to obtain a female. Hereabouts we heard, I should think, ten individuals, all of them singing, and consequently all males. On the 21st of July I first succeeded in shooting a fe- male, in the vicinity of the Pasvig-ely, South Varanger, about 200 English miles east of the locality where I first met with the bird. | In the last-mentioned locality I observed several pairs; but the season being so far advanced, many of the males had probably ceased singing ; and the species doubtless occurred in more places than those where I observed it. My time on each occasion having been limited, I did not succeed in obtaining either the nests or eggs; the latter perhaps had been hatched previous to my arrival in Finmark, or, may be, were in process of incubation. Phylloscopus borealis consequently occurs throughout a consider- able portion of Finmark in most localities suitable to its habits ; probably therefore not further north than 70° 20’. Its distribution in Norway extends from the rivers on the confines of Russia to the birch-woods in the vicinity of the Porsanger fjord, or directly east of the North Cape; and the distance from that fjord to Alten on the west coast being not more than 20 English miles, it will very probably be found to inhabit the luxuriant birch-forests clothing the banks of the Alten Elv. Phylloscopus borealis affects exclusively the loftiest and most luxuriant birch-forests in the vicinity of rivers or lakes; and as it never occurred when the growth was sparse or stunted, I soon learned to tell from the appearance of the locality whether it was inhabited by the little songster. The soil in these birch-woods was always tolerably fertile, and the vegetation luxuriant, reaching, as a rule, up 1877.] | MR. R. COLLETT ON PHYLLOSCOPUS BOREALIs. 45 to the knees ; the most conspicuous plants were Geranium sylvaticum, Chamenerion angustifolium, Melampyrum, Myrtillus nigra, various species of Graminee, &c. In such localities several pairs were often found breeding, not far apart; and sometimes I could hear two, and even more males singing simultaneously. As a rule, however, they were somewhat scattered, It invariably shunned localities where the soil was wet and spongy, selecting, in the forests it affects, comparatively dry and elevated spots, which it inhabits in company with Phylloscopus trochilus, Cyanecula suecica, Turdus eliacus, Fringilla montifringilla, and Linota linaria, likewise Parus cinctus and P. borealis. The song of the male birds rendered them more easy of detection than the females, which were probably just then sitting, or feeding the nestlings. Notwithstanding the season was far advanced, they sang frequently and for a considerable time together, not only in the middle of the day, but late in the evening and early in the morning ; nay, on one occasion, I heard one Singing in the middle of a rainy night (this individual was one of those preserved.) The song in summer is consequently not confined to avy particular time of day. It consists of a but-one-syllable note, zee, zee, zee, zee, rapidly reiterated a dozen times in succession, the commencing strain bearing some resemblace to that of Sylvia curruca or Emberiza citri- nella; then succeed one or two disconnected hissing sounds, tseers, éseers, a trifle lower in tone than the main song, but still audible at a considerably greater distance than the corresponding tones of Phylloscopus collybita (after its two-syllable song), which can only be distinguished in its immediate proximity. The song is repeated several times, after which come intervals of greater or less duration when it is silent. The hissing sound was also uttered when the bird was frightened, and was the only note I heard from the female. The calling note (hveet) of Ph. collybita and Ph. trochilus was never uttered by Ph. borealis. Once only did I hear another and far lower song, which I at first mistook for that of Parus einetus, and which bore a striking resemblance to the usual note of that species, the closing syllable being somewhat drawn out. One I heard singing in this manner was shot and preserved; it was imitating, in all probability, the song of Parus cinctus, a habit characteristic of another of the singing birds of Finmark, Acrocephalus schenobenus. As late as the 22nd of July the males were in full song in the vicinity of the Pasvig-Elv, South Varanger. Though not, strictly speaking, shy, these birds exhibit, as a rule, greater wariness than Ph. trochilus, and if seared, would not always allow you to get within shot. They were remarkably brisk in their movements, scudding to and fro through the leafy tree-tops in pursuit of insects, and were rarely seen on the lower branches or in close proximity to the ground. They generally sing while fluttering from branch to branch, precisely as the other species of Phylloscopus do. The localities they inhabit being exclusively such as swarm with mosquitos, and the summer of 1876 having been unusually pro- 46 MR. R. COLLETT ON PHYLLOSCOPUS BOREALIS. [Feb. 6, ductive of those insects, my investigation of their general habits was rendered extremely difficult. It was absolutely impossible to keep still a moment, the veil not only affording insufficient protection against their continuous attacks, but being in other respects obstructive to minute observation. The food, too, of Ph. borealis, at this season of the year, would seem to be wholly taken from these countless myriads; and the ven- tricles, in all the specimens examined were crammed with these insects. There are at least half a dozen species of these mosquitos, all more or less numerous, though some outnumber the others in particular localities. On one occasion (July 22) I may have been close to a nest, on the Pasvig Elv, near Lake Tschoalme-javre, South Varanger. Both the parent birds exhibited unmistakable signs of alarm; but here, too, the mosquitos prevented me from finding the nest. A female shot in another locality on the same river had large incubation-spots. I prepared in all 5 specimens, 4 of which were males. Both sexes were, in regard to colour of plumage, precisely alike. A very slight difference was seen in some of the males, the dorsal feathers being in some darker than in others, and the eye-stripe in such specimens was a trifle whiter. They measured as follows :— Total length. Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Gape. millim. millim. millim, millim. millim. 3 132 70 92 203 153 revel sels oe She 67 . 50 Gimcenon ac 67 484 20 153 (a hSSRES. onoK 135 71 50 203 16 Cece ce 123 63 447 20 15 The female would thus appear to be somewhat smaller than the males, a deduction in accordance with Mr. Meves’s measurements of a number of specimens obtained at Kopatjevskaja, south of Archangel, on the 8th and 9th of August, 1869 (Oefv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh. 1871, p. 758), whereas, on the other hand, there was a singular and almost invariable discrepancy between the Russian and Finmark specimens, the latter appearing to have been all somewhat* larger than those from Archangel. Middendorff has before observed that the back of specimens taken in the middle of the summer, when the plumage is somewhat worn and faded, has lost a little of its vivid green colour and has acquired a greyer tint ; this was likewise the case with all the Finmark specimens, which, besides, scarcely retained a trace of the whitish yellow spots at the extremities of the wing- coverts that inautumn and early spring give to the wings a yellowish band. The first primary in one specimen was a trifle shorter than the coverts, in the others of the same length, or very little (1 millim.) longer. The synonymy and general distribution of the species I shall refrain from dwelling upon here, my friend Mr. Dresser purposing, I understand, to treat upon that subject at large in his great work >a area WT Wwe PSA MUSE — “U™ AD i . : US, ‘4 « poe Ie ye RAL 1 44 ao i <<. AL HIS mel PRR See Wersaren Mameasecn “ee At trang “ti & N Hanhar 1877.] | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A NEW PLECTROPTERUS. 47 ‘A History of the Birds of Europe ;’ it appears, however, from the latest observations, that its distribution extends from the North Cape through the whole of Northern Russia and Siberia, and in an easterly direction as far as Russian North America. Those which annually make their appearance in the birch-woods of Finmark for the pur- pose of breeding take an easterly course, their passage to and from that locality being through Northern and Eastern Russia. This is the case too with several others of the smaller land birds of eastern origin that breed in Finmark—for instance Anthus cervinus, Otocorys alpestris, and Plectrophanes lapponica, which never, or at least very seldom, cross the southern parts of Norway on their passage ; the same observation applies to the colonies of Acrocephalus scheno- benus and Oyanecula suecica, which breed in Finmark, and perhaps to the majority of land birds of passage breeding in those regions. It is highly probable therefore that P. orealis crosses Western Europe on its passage hither; and the specimens obtained on the island of Heligoland, which enabled Professor Blasius to correct the erroneous designation formerly given to this species, must therefore in all probability be regarded as the result of those occasional visits to Western Europe which are paid from time to time by East-European and North-Asiatic species. 2. Notice of an apparently new Species of Spur-winged Goose of the Genus Plectropterus.. By P. L. ScLaTER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. [Received February 5, 1877.] (Plate VII.) On former occasions’ I have done my best to establish before the Society the distinctness of Plectropterus rueppelli, as I have pro- posed to name the bare-necked East-African form of the Spur- winged Goose, from the ordinary P. gambensis, which has a much wider range. Of both of these species we have at the present time specimens living in the Society’s Gardens”; but we have also a pair of birds which, so far as I can judye from an examination of the living examples, clearly belong to a third species of this genus. On June 6th of last year we received from Lieut.-General A. V. Cunyngham, Commandant of H.M. forces at Cape Town, two evidently adult birds of this genus, which appear to be quite distinct from either of the above-named forms. Their general appearance, as will be seen from the coloured drawing by Mr. Smit which I exhibit (Plate VII.), is rather that of P. gambensis, inasmuch as they have not the prominent frontal knob, nor bare Spaces on the ’ See P. Z. S. 1859, p. 131, and 1860, p. 38. * Namely :—Plectropterus gambensis 3, presented by C. B. Mosse, Esq., May 6, 1867 ; Plectropterus gambensis 9, received in exchange, Aug. 13, 1868; and Plectropterus rueppelli 3, presented by Mons. J. M. Cornély, O.M.Z.S., Sept. 28, 1876. 48 PROF. A. H. GARROD ON THE MECHANISM [Feb. 6, sides of the neck, which render P. rueppelli so easily distinguishable. But, in place of the conspicuous white throat and neck which are found in both of the previously known birds, the black colour of the belly is continued in Plectropterus niger (as I propose to designate the present form) up to the chin; and the white colour on the body in front is confined to a small space on the mesial line of the lower abdomen. The white of the back and scapulars in P. niger has also a greenish lustre pervading it which is not observable in the other species. This colour passes into a bronzy purple on the wings. The size is rather larger than that of our P. gambensis. The bill is bright red with the tip whitish, the iris black, the legs and feet of a duller red. The two specimens received are believed to be both of the male sex; they are nearly alike, except that one individual has rather less white on the mesial line of the belly than the other. In answer to my inquiries, General Cunyngham kindly informs me that he received these birds from Zanzibar; so that that part of the S.E. African coast is probably the true habitat of this species. I will now say a few words as to the distinctness of the two other species of the genus (P. gambensis and P. rueppelli), which, though admitted, somewhat unwillingly, by Finsch and Hartlaub’, is denied by Heuglin?, the most recent authority on East-African ornithology. Here, in London, we know full well that the view that P. rueppelli is only the adult male of P. gambensis is quite untenable. We have had a male of P. gambensis in our Gardens ever since May 1867 which shows no symptoms whatever of acquiring the frontal knob and bare neck of P. rueppelli. In 1864, this bird paired with a female of the same species placed in company with it; and the female laid eggs, but did not hatch them out. Since then another female, received in 1868, has been placed in his company; so that we have at present what must be undoubtedly a fully adult pair of P. gam- bensis. I will ask any naturalist to compare these birds with the example of P. rueppelli (probably a male) obtained from the Antwerp Gardens, and most kindly presented to us last summer by M. J. M. Cornély, and to say whether it is possible to regard the species as otherwise than distinct. What De Sousa’s Plectropterus sclateri (Jorn. de Sc. de Lisboa, vol. ii. p. 157, 1860) may be, I cannot say. It has certainly nothing to do with the P. niger of our Gardens. 3. On the Mechanism of the Intervertebral Substance, and on some Effects of the Erect Position of Man. By A. H. Garrop, M.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received January 17, 1877.] In all works on human anatomy the structure of the disks of fibro-elastic tissue which intervene between the bodies of the verte- 1 Vogel Ost-Afrika’s, p. 801, ? Ornithologie Nord-Ost-Afrika’s, p. 1275. 1877.) OF THE INTERVERTEBRAL SUBSTANCE. 49 bree, are described as being composed of a central elastic cushion with a laminated fibrous investment, the individual fibres of which, instead of running straight from the lower edge of one vertebra to the upper edge of the one below it, are arranged obliquely, those of one layer crossing those of the next at a considerable angle. That this is an accurate statement of the condition which exists no one will doubt. Of its mechanical advantages, however, I have nowhere found any explanation. If the fibres, instead of crossing had run parallel, and at right angles to the surfaces which they joined (fig. 1), it is evident that the median elastic pad would have efficiently retained the vertebrae at a distance from one another under ordinary circumstances. But in the act of jumping, for instance, when the feet have just reached Y SSL i —— he the ground, the momentum acquired by the head and upper extre- mities would compress the elastic pad, and diminish the distance between each two vertebrae. At this moment, if the upper part of the body had the least tendency to obliquity in its downward move- ment, the relaxed outer fibres of the intervertebral substance would allow the body of the upper vertebra to slide upon the one below it, (fig. 2), and so diminish the capacity of the spinal canal, as well as the general stability of the column. A forcible attempt to rotate the body upon the spine would, under similar conditions, be also attended by compression of the elastic pad, and considerable rotatory gliding of the vertebree on one another (fig. 3). These difficulties are entirely surmounted by the existing mechan- ism (fig. 4), as may be most satisfactorily demonstrated by the employment of a model composed of two circular disks of wood bound together, with an interval between them, by tapes of similar lengths arranged obliquely and crossing one another, attached to Opposite points on the margins of the disks. So connected, no gliding of any kind of the disks upon one another can be produced, and the only movements possible are their approximation either at all points, or at any part where compression is employed (figs. 5 and 6). Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. IV. 4 50 PROF. GARROD ON THE INTERVERTEBRAL SUBSTANCE. | Feb. 6, It may not be out of place for me here to draw attention to one or two points which are associated with the erectness of the carriage of man, in contradistinction to the horizontal and oblique attitudes assumed by lower animals. The simple curve, concave ventrally, of the vertebral column of the higher Apes was most certainly shared by the human progenitor. In the young child it is found to exist. In its attempts to assume the upright carriage this progenitor must, equally certainly, have thrown the centre of gravity of its body directly above the hips, to do which it was necessary to bend the spine backwards. On account, however, of the thoracic region being rendered rigid by the attachment of its cage of ribs, and the sacrum being unmodifiable from its ankylosis, this flexion of the spine could only occur in the neck and loins ; consequently the spinal flexures in man may be ex- plained upon the assumption that the dorsal and sacral ventral con- cavities are the similar curves of the ancestral type, retained on account of the mechanical obstructions to their removal, whilst the ventral convexities of the yielding cervical and lumbar regions are the means by which the centre of gravity in the erect position is carried to a point directly above the hip-joints. This assumption of a vertical attitude by a creature originally differentiated for a horizontal position of its body, has produced but marvellously slight inconvenience. If it had resulted in many, man could scarcely have survived. There are one or two, however, which are most clearly traceable to this cause, including the painful tendency to prolapse, antiflexion, and retroflexion of the uterus in women, as well as crural hernia in both sexes, and inguinal hernia in the male. In mammalian animals with the body horizontal the weight of the uterus is transmitted to the abdominal walls, at the same time that the round and broad ligaments prevent it from leaving the pelvic region. In the Sloths and Bats these ligaments are still more called into play, on account of the peculiar attitudes assumed by them. No more satisfactory mechanism could be desired. But in the human species the condition is very different. The uterus is situated almost directly above the vagina; and the entire absence of any ligaments to suspend it, place it in a position of the greatest mechanical disad- vantage, especially when congested and depressed by stays. Unsup- ported, it a priagd bends forward or backwards, or even drops into the cavity of the vagina, and there finding nothing to obstruct it, becomes completely prolapsed. Similarly in inguinal hernia, the abdominal walls being abnormally extended in connexion with the lumbar curye, the tendency to rupture in the region of the inguinal canal must be greatly increased, as it must likewise be by the down- ward tendency of the yiscera. ih \\ Gere Mugs Vl, ge Geaee Sa simi s = SS = = ?SANIddIlHd SNAYAO dunt LLe yuey N » W aw Piso 1077, 2 Hanhart amp a mit hth SKULL OF CERVUS NIGRICANS, *. 1877.] stR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES, 5] 4. On the Deer of the Philippine Islands, with the Description of a new Species. By Sir Victor Brooke, Bart., F.ZS. [Received January 22, 1877. ] (Plates VIII.-X.) With perhaps the exception of the Simple-horned Deer of South America comprising the subgenus Coassus, there is no group of existing Cervidee concerning which our knowledge is so inexact and so fragmentary as that relating to the small Rusine Deer of the Phi- lippine Islands. With the desire of remedying this defect as far as possible, I have for some years paid particular attention to the subject, and during several visits to Continental Museums have enjoyed (thanks to the great courtesy of their conservators) ample Opportunities of studying the materials bearing upon it which they contain. I regret that the result of my investigations is not more satisfac- tory ; and it is solely in the hope that an exposure of the nakedness of the land may attract the attention of future naturalists travelling in the Philippines to the subject that I venture to lay the following notes before the Society. CEeRVUS PHILIPPINUS. (Plate VIII.) 1820. Cerf des Philippines, Desm. Mamm. p. 442, note 1. 1821-24. ——, Cuy. Oss. Foss. (ed. ii.) vol. iv. p- 46. 1827. Cervus philippinus, Ham. Sm. Griff. An. Kingd. vol. iv. p- 147, vol. v. p. 33. 1844, » Sund. Pee. in Kongl. Vet. Handl. 1844, p. 179. 1855. —— —_, Puch. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 2nd ser, tom, vii. p- 49. 1857. —— ——, Puch. Rev. et Mag. Zool. tom. ix. p. 481, pl. 15, 1866. Cervus mariannus, Fras, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 367. Description.—Adult male. Hair of moderate length and rather harsh. General colour rich ruddy brown, darkest on the back and lightest on the neck. Forehead and cheeks rufous fawn-colour ; dark (almost black) streaks commence over each eye, and, blending together, form a band running down the centre of the face, which is separated from the dark moustache-like mark bordering the muzzle by a narrow track of pale fawn-colour. Breast and belly uniform brown, Tarsal gland plainly marked by a rufous spot. Ears of moderate size, covered externally by short close-set hair. Horns remarkably rough and massive; a powerful long brow-antler, and one short tine directed inwards. Height at shoulder about 27", Skull, Total length 11-3. Anteorbital fossa very deep, suddenly pressed in anteriorly to the orbit, and occupying the entire facial plate of the malar. Facial portion of skull compressed laterally, and deeply from above downwards, 4* 52 SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. [Feb. 6, The skull of this species is an exact miniature of that of Cervus aristotelis. Skeleton. Fourteen pairs of ribs. Cervical vertebrae remarkably large. Female. In external coloration differs in no way from the male. Young. Of a uniform brown without spots. Hab. Island of Luzon, Philippines. The Philippine Deer is a very stout-built, short-limbed, powerful animal, in carriage and general appearance closely resembling the common Sambur (Cervus aristotelis). Literary History. 1820. M. Dussumier obtained a young male in Luzon which he sent to Paris; the animal died en route. Desmarest gives a short notice of the arrival of this specimen in Paris (Mamm. p. 442, note 1), where the specimen is still preserved in the Musée d’ Histoire Na- turelle (No. 409 in the Catalogue of the Museum). 1827. Hamilton Smith, in Griffith’s ‘Animal Kingdom’ (vide supra), describes this specimen and names it Cervus philippinus. He considered the species allied to the Muntjacs. 1836-37. In the stores of the Musée d’ Histoire Naturelle at Paris there are several skins undoubtedly referable to Cervus philippinus. These specimens were obtained during the voyage of the ‘ Bonite.’ Eydoux and Souleyet, while they describe and figure their indefinite species, Cervus pseudawis (Voy. de la Bonité, vol. i. p. 64, pl. 12), are entirely silent respecting the Philippine Deer, of which species they had collected such ample materials. 1844. Prof. Sundevall-(vide supra) places the species amongst the Rusine Deer. He points out for the first time the absence of hair on the posterior surface of the metatarsal phalanges. 1851. Capt. Diguet presented a male and female of this species to the French Academy of Sciences. The specimens had been ob- tained at Manilla. 1855. The female obtained by Capt. Diguet having died in the previous year, Pucheran, in the ‘Revue et Magasin de Zoologie’ (vide supra), published a very careful and detailed description of the specimen, which he correctly refers to Cervus philippinus. 1857. Capt. Diguet’s male having died in 1856, Pucheran con- tinued his observations on the species (wide supra), which he con- sidered to differ decidedly from Cervus mariannus. 1866. Mr.Louis Fraser exhibited and figured (P. Z.S. 1866, p. 367) the horns of a Deer killed near the village of Bosa-Bosa, in Luzon. These horns, as far as it is possible to judge from a drawing, appear in no way to differ from those of Cervus philippinus. I therefore think Mr. Fraser was premature in his decision that they were refer- able to Cervus mariannus. 1875. Some years ago I observed a Deer in the Zoological Gardens at Berlin which appeared to me irreconcilable with any species with which I was acquainted. Upon mentioning my difficulty to Mr. Sclater he considered the matter worthy of attention, and succeeded 1877.] sir V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. 53 last year in effecting the transfer of the specimen from Rotterdam to the Society’s Menagerie, where it is still living and in perfect health (Plate VIII.). An attentive examination of the animal since its arrival in London has convinced me that it is safely referable to Cervus philippinus, and that the richness of coloration, in which alone it differs from the Continental specimens of that species, is owing to the deterioration which these latter have suffered during the many years of exposure to light to which they have been unavoidably submitted. The dark facial markings so strongly shown in the living animal are either very faintly visible or absent in the stuffed specimens ; but in one of the flat skins, from the voyage of the Bonite, in the Paris Museum, these dark markings are very distinct. The antlers carried by the animal at the time Mr. Wolf’s drawing was made were slightly abnormal, as is so frequently the case with deer in confinement. The woodcut published in the Society’s ‘ Proceed- ings,’ 1866, p. 367, shows faithfully their normal form. List of specimens examined. Paris. a. & jun., type. Mounted specimen and skeleton. 6. & adult. (Diguet’s specimen). Ditto. ditto. e. Q adult. (Diguet’s specimen). Ditto. d,e. 2 adult. et jun. Ditto. Leyden. tig. & & adult. and jun. Mounted specimens. Berlin. h. $ adult. Mounted specimens. London. 2. ¢ adult. Living in Society’s Managerie. CERVUS MARIANNUS,. 1820. Cervus mariannus, Desm. Mamm. sp. 669, p. 436. 1821-24. , Cuv. Oss. Foss. (ed. 2), vol. iv. p. 45. 1824. Cerfdes Mariannes, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. de l’ Uranie, Zool. . 32. A 1827. Cervus mariannus, Ham. Sm. Griff. An. Kingd. vol. iv. p- 115, and vol. v. p. 311. 1844, , Sund. Pee. in Kong. Vet. Handl. p. 179. Although, as I shall presently show, I have but little doubt that Cervus mariannus, Desm., and Cervus philippinus, Ham. Smith, are specifically identical, I have considered it expedient for the present to leave the question open and to keep the references to their literary history separate. The attention of future collectors in the Philippine and Marianne Islands will thereby be better aroused to the appreciation of one of the several desiderata, which can only yield to their zeal and energy. Literary History. 1817-1820. During the voyage of the ‘ Uranie’ round the world, specimens were obtained of a small deer, which is stated by Quoy 54 SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. [Feb. 6, and Gaimard, the naturalists of the expedition (Zool. Voy. de YUranie, p. 33, 1824), to have existed in immense numbers on Guam, the largest of the Marianne Islands. They thus write respecting this animal :— “ Une petite espéce de cerf axis, qui a été apportdée des Philippines, a tellement multiplié, que l’on ne connoit pas de lieu qui en contienne proportionnellement davantage ; car il existe 4 Guam plus de mille de ¢es animaux. On nourrit de leur chair les équipages des navires qui touchent & cette ile, et le nétre n’eut presque pas d’autres vivres pen- dant le temps que nous y demeurdmes. . . . Le faon est fauve, et n’a point de taches comme celui d’Europe, 4 quelque age qu’on le prenne.”’ They describe the island of Guam thus :—‘ Cette ile n’a que quarante lieues de tour. Son sol est é¢levé, montueux, en partie voleanique et en partie formé de calcaire madréporique. Les mon- tagnes, qui ont toutes suivi l’action de feu, sont arides et peu boisées. .... Cet archipel n’a qu'un mammifére qui ne lui ait pas été apporté.” 1820. In his ‘Mammalogie’ (p. 436), Desmarest confers the name Cervus mariannus upon the species observed by Quoy and Gaimard in theisland of Guam. In his short notice Desmarest only mentions two specimens, a stuffed male and a fawn. 1821-24. Inthe second edition of his ‘Ossemens Fossiles’ (p. 45), Cuvier mentions, in addition to the types of Desmarest’s description, the skull of a male, also brought from Guam by Quoy and Gaimard. Cuvier says that he was “‘ presque tenté de rapporter a cette espéce, & cause de la forme trés-semblable du crane, un individu jeune rap- porté de Manille par M. Dussumier”’ (= the specimen upon which Hamilton Smith subsequently established his species Cervus philip- pinus). The absence of canines in the specimens from the Mari- annes, and their presence in the Philippine specimen, induced Cuvier, however, to suspend his judgment in the matter. He particularly remarks with regard to the skull obtained by Quoy and Gaimard, “Je frontal est relevé longitudinalement entre les cornes, et a en ayant des orbites, vers la base du nez, deux convexités longitudinales fort remarquables.” 1827. Hamilton Smith in Griffith’s ‘Animal Kingdom’ figures the stuffed male above mentioned, and describes it and the fawn, retaining for them Desmarest’s name Cervus mariannus. Observations. In the Musée d’ Histoire Naturelle at Paris there is still preserved the fawn (414 a in Cat.) which formed one of the types of Des- marest’s original description. The adult male, which all authors describe as having been in an exceedingly bad state of preservation, is no longer contained in this museum ; but in the Musée d’ Anatomie I have observed a skull which I believe to have belonged to this specimen (No. 1345 in Cat.). The close resemblance of the horns jn this specimen to Hamilton Smith’s plate, and the occipital bones 1877.] SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. 55 having been sawn through in the manner adopted by taxidermists, leave but little doubt in my mind as to the correctness of this opinion. Another skull in the Musée d’ Anatomie (No. 1559 in Cat.) is, I think, the second skull mentioned by Cuvier. In addition to these skulls, there are in the same museum three skulls collected by Hombron and Jacquinot in Guam. In these five skulls in the Musée d’ Anatomie, and in the immature stuffed specimen in the Musée d’ Histoire Naturelle at Paris consists as far as I have been able to ascertain, the entire well-authenticated material referable to the deer of the Marianne Islands which is con- tained at this present moment in European museums. Compared with the skull of the male obtained by Diguet in Luzon (the only authenticated skull of an adult Cervus philippinus which I have as yet discovered), the skulls of the deer of the Marianne Islands present in my opinion no characters in common in which they differ from the Luzon specimen. Each of the five skulls exhibits remarkable individual peculiarity, the difference between the two most dissimilar being greater than that existing between some of the skulls and that of Diguet’s specimen. Similar individual cranial peculiarities are shown in a large series of skulls of Cervus aristotelis collected on the Neilgherry Hills, in Southern India, in my own collection. The great convexity at the junction of the frontals and nasals mentioned by Cuvier and Pucheran, and considered as of specific value by the latter, is shown in great excess by one of the Marianne skulls, less decidedly by another, and scarcely, if at all, by any of the remaining three. The presence or absence of canines is, as has been shown by Pucheran in the case of both the Marianne and the Luzon Deer, dependent more or less on the age of the animal, these teeth being generally lost shortly after the animal attains full maturity. As regards Quoy and Gaimard’s immature specimen, it resembles in every important particular a specimen (2 of list, p. 53) of similar age bred in the Jardin des Plantes from the specimens collected by Diguet in Luzon. The evidence therefore lies, I think, clearly in favour of the opinion that the deer of the Marianne Islands was originally impor- ted from Luzon; but in the present state of our knowledge respect- ing this group of deer I think it would be premature to express a decided opinion upon the subject. It is fully possible that it was from some other part of the Philippines that the Mariannes were stocked with deer, aud that the Philippines possess, in addition to such comparatively widely distinct species as Cervus philippinus and Cervus alfredi, representative species, for which, notwithstanding their lesser degree of specific distinction, zoologists may find it neces- sary to retain distinctive titles. The following Table contains the measurements of a skull and horns preserved in the British Museum (655 6 in Cat.). No history is attached to this specimen, which has been for many years in the collection. It bears a striking resemblance to that described by 56 SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. [Feb. 6, a i) Left horn of Cervus mariannus, Specimen in the British Museum. a, side view; 8, front view. Cuvier as having ‘“‘en avant des orbites deux convexités fort remar- quable.”’ The left horn of this skullis represented im the drawing now exhibited. Total length of skull in straight line.............. Distance from point of preemaxilla to point of nasals . Lengths of gorsarpvene sl) ee payin nese) syuyeiciashe <poehsiapoia es Ss sl WE SE Se eae oe From anterior rim of orbit to free extremity of pre- PCY Ch Re ae eee ee ee From upper extremity of nasals to fronto-parietal SUUGVIEG picts ech esa ojet-qafefeis cieletcis) ois) sp>unisrol’ sysyoy~ jaye Across maxilla 1" anterior to orbit ..........- sate 9" ? ¢ ” ” Ce ee inches. 11°8 Lh metre. 0°300 0:042 0°065 0:095 0°155 0°125 0°090 0083 1877.] SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. 57 inches. metre, Extent of upper premolars, ...............+.. «00-9 16, -,0:040 AS ae TOD ETE SS tle A ee eres Sere 2 0:050 Ba) 1) LOWER FFCMOLATS «asso nmin bicihle Laie 51S) Oa » 1-1 = 0°027 93 6), @ MIOLATS, «-,<sc.che Sibel Ske eit he Sb ctabatee chs 2°33 0:058 Peete Or hOLAs, .. Ihwel O) wl dienes 8G hisas 2 hO 0°455 mA LOK Gee ee le eRerenG hy Stee 10 0°253 Circumference of burr ........................ 75 0°190 if 7 air Aes ROR Oe CIR See ee eer 0°125 CERVUS NIGRICANS, sp. nov. (Plates IX. & X.) 1870. Cervus mariannus? Sclat. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 279. Adult female.—External characters. Hair of moderate length, rather coarse. General colour blackish brown, slightly tinged with rufous. Entire face, upper parts of the neck, and shoulders almost black. Limbs from the carpal and tarsal joints downwards bluish grey-brown. Belly rufous brown. Under lip and inside of thighs white. Tarsal gland plainly marked by a spot of yellowish white hair. Ears oval, decidedly small, almost quite naked externally. Muzzle coriaceous, ample, its upper border running directly across from the upper angles of the nares, which it completely surrounds inferiorly. Skull (Plate X.).—General form. Portions of the frontals and parietals forming the roof of the cranial cavity boldly convex, both in a lateral and antero-posterior direction; facial portion rather short, depressed and much widened laterally as far as the anterior premolar, from which point forwards the facial portion of the skull is reduced in a marked manner both in width and length. Anteorbital fossa of moderate depth, situated in the anterior portion of the facial plate of the lacrymal. Anteorbital vacuity of moderate dimensions. Malar divided by a longitudinal suture’ into two subequal parts (Plate X. a). Pre- maxillee remarkably small, their greatest length very little exceeding that of the upper molar series. Occipital condyles large. Auditory bullze small, their external surface irregular, with a long pointed late- rally compressed styloid process. A large depression for the tympa- nohyal, which is not completely enclosed by the definite vaginal pro- cess which depends from the floor of the prolonged exterual auditory meatus, Squamous portion of the squamosal remarkably low. Teeth very large; the diameter of each of the upper molars in a transverse direction exceeds its longitudinal diameter. Upper and under molars with very small cylindrical supplementary columns. Canines absent. Skeleton.—14 pairs of ribs. inches. metre. ipieht nthe Shoulder, 22a imie0 hj. 21.0 00-6 24 0-610 Length from point of shoulder to ischium.. 27 0-685 1 Tt is possible that this suture is an individual and not a specific character. 58 SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. [Feb. 6, inches. metre. Meneth Ofiear,: Inside’. sare saree pote wav elas 3°2 0:080 PESTER GOL GAL wrsces tersene. cS « falore es ered 1:9 0°048 Length of tail exclusive of hair.......... 3 0°075 Total length of skull in straight line ..... 9 0°230 Distance from point of preemaxille to point of nasals . Evi xu sane memtr bt tata derma 1°4 0:035 Length of preemaxillee ee oy eee 18 0°045 Length Ofenasals soy goss enitons rcsine send apenas 2°5 0064 From anterior rim of orbit to free extremi- mity of premaxitle e552. 2.5 ett. 4°6 0:115 From upper extremity of nasals to fronto- parietal satire nth ..nceta sx Jasin 3°2 0:081 Across maxille 1" anterior to orbit (PI. Keb 6!) <. . ' 3°2 0081 Across maxille 2! anterior to orbit (Pl. iat Elias, -potee T.- <zvepgahemoacs 24 0-060 Extent of upper premolars.............. LF 0°043 Extent of upper molars........ Lid 0043 Extent of lower premolars .. te 13 0°033 Extent of lower molars ................ 1-9 0°048 Length of humerus...... 6°6 0°168 33 MA ee ays Parekh apstavthe Saoereuee To 0°185 A TAGMUSS “ihichn. behaness acts <x ties 5:5 0°140 “4 metacarpal cannon bone ...... 4°7 0:120 x femur 78 0-195 i tibidyae Garin 8:2 0°205 - metatarsal cannon “bone. 56 0°140 Hab. Philippines (exact island ?). Comparison with allied species. Cervus nigricans in its general external form, crouching Agouti- like carriage, short naked ears, flattened and wide face, more closely resembles C. alfredi than any known species. In its lighter build and uniform dark brown colour it is easily distinguished from C. alfredi, which it is spotted at all ages. From C. philippinus the new species differs in the form of the face, which in C. philippinus is laterally compressed and deep from above downwards. The length of the preemaxille and the width across the maxillee anterior to the orbits (Plate X. 46’, cc’) bear a very different relative proportion to the cranial measurements in the two species. In C. philippinus the ears are of fair proportional size and externally covered with hair. The colour of the new species is much darker than that of C. philippinus. It may be useful to mention here that C. porcinus differs from all the typical Rusine deer in the possession of large inflated auditory bullee, and that C. aristoteles and its representative species C. equinus (Malacca, Borneo), C’. swinhoti (Formosa), C. philippinus (Luzon), and (?) C. alfredi and C. nigricans differ from C. hippelaphus (Java) 1 This measurement is taken across the concavity of the ear-conch, and does not include that portion of the external ear situated inferior to the opening. 1877.] SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. 59 and its representative species C’. moluccensis (Celebes) and C. peronii (Timor) in the former having the outer, the latter the inner tine of the terminal fork the longest. Exceptions to this rule are not unfre- quently to be found in finely developed antlers of C. aristotelis ; but in specimens of the horns of immature stags of all species the outer line is invariably the longest or most massive. Observations. Iu the Museum of Leyden there is a deer preserved which is, I think, decidedly referable to the male of this Species. Professor Schlegel was unable to give me any exact information respecting the specimen. In its dark colour, very short and naked ears, and general form it exactly resembles the female above described, and contrasts strongly with the fine male Cervus philippinus in the same Museum. The horns closely resemble those of Cervus philippinus ; they possess a stout brow-antler and one short tine directed inwards. The female from which the figure (Plate IX.) and above description were taken, was received by the Society from the Philippines in 1870), no more exact locality being given, and was noticed by Mr. Sclater in the ‘Proceedings’ for that year, p. 279. Mr. Sclater referred the species with doubt to Cervus mariannus. Upon its death, which took place about a year ago, the specimen passed into my private collection, where it is at present preserved. A male hybrid was produced between this animal and the male Cervus alfredi. In external appearance the young animal resembled the mother more than the father, being, so far as I can recollect, very indistinctly spotted, and of a very dark brown. CERVUS ALFREDI. 1870. Cervus alfredi, Sclat. P.Z.S. 1870, p. 381, pl. xxviii. 1871. , Selat. P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 478. 1872. » Sclat. P. Z. S. 1872, p. 24. Adult male. Hair soft, of moderate length. General colour rich dark brown, with here and there a slight ruddy tint ; cheeks and occiput pale brown ; lower jaw and throat dirty white. Neck and shoulders anteriorly uniform dark brown. Posterior parts of shoulders, back, and sides distinctly marked at all seasons of the year by yellowish white spots. Breast and belly yellowish white. Limbs externally, above the carpal and tarsal joints, uniform brown, internally dirty white ; below the carpal and tarsal joints, pale brown. Ears and tail short, the former almost naked externally. Horns not greatly exceeding the head in length, a short brow- antler, and very short tine directed inwards. Height at the shoulder about 25”. Adult female. In coloration resembles the tale. Young. Spotted from the time of their birth, Hab. Philippines (Luzon ?). Observations. Mr. Sclater originally described this well-marked and interesting 60 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN [Feb. 6, species from a male presented to H.R.H. the Duke of Edinburgh by a Spanish gentleman at Manilla; and in the following year the Society received in exchange a female of the same species which was said to have come from the Philippines. The exact island inhabited by this species remains, however, an open question. The skin and skeleton of the type of the species are preserved in the British Museum (76. 2. 30. and 1681 a); unfortunately the bones are in such bad condition that I have found it impossible to form a clear idea of the cranial characters ; but, so far as it is possible to judge from this single specimen, the skull of Cervus alfredi resembles that of Cervus nigricans much more closely than it does that of Cervus philippinus. Specimens examined. a. ¢ adult., type. Brit. Mus. b. g jun. Zool. Soc. Menagerie. e. 2 adult. Zool. Soc. Menagerie. 5. Description of twelve new Species and a new Genus of Rhopalocera from Central America. By F. DuCane GopMan and OsBer? SALvIN. [Received January 26, 1877.] The following species of Butterflies appear to us to be undescribed. Figures of all of them have been prepared, and will be published at a future time in a work on which we are now engaged. In the mean time we issue these preliminary descriptions to enable us to inscribe the proper names on our Plates. DaNnAINz. 1. EuTRESIS THEOPE. 3. Exp. 37 in. Closely allied to #. hyperia (Dbd. and Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. i. p. 112, Suppl. plate, f. 2), but differing from that species in the general tint of the orange red of the wings being duller, in having the whole of the central portion of the posterior wings semi- transparent ; the dark markings of the central portion of the anterior wings are more restricted, and the dark margin of the hind wings much narrower. Hab. Costa Rica. Mus. nostr. et H. Druce. 2. NAPEOGENES HEMIMELANA. . Exp. 2°3 in. Allied to N. peridia, Hew. (Ex. B. i. Ith. 4, f. 20), but differing in having the two middle of the four bands of yellow spots of the anterior wings blended into one large spot, and another smaller one lying between the second and third median branches. On the hind wings the large yellow apical patch of N. peridea is reduced to two minute spots, and the marginal row of yellow spots is much smaller than in that species. : Hab. Panama, Lion-Hill Station. Mus. nostr. Besides the single specimen in our collection we have only seen one other, a male, in that of Dr. Staudinger of Dresden. 1877.] ON NEW BUTTERFLIES. 61 3. IrHOMIA ALCMENA. 2. Exp. 2Lin. Allied to J. artena, Hew. (Ex. Butt. Ith. viii. f. 48), and having the same neuration of the hind wing as the female of - that species, differing, however, in coloration, the dark margins of the wings being much broader and blacker; the black quadrate spot covering the base of the cell is placed at a more obtuse angle to the costa, the extracellular white spot following the same angle as the black one; near the distal ends of the median and radial interspaces are obsolete white spots not seen in I. artena, but not in- frequent in other Ithomie. The borders of the wings beneath are deep rufous; and at the apical angle of all are minute white spots. Hab. Guatemala; Choctum in Northern Vera Paz. Mus. nostr. 4. IrHomIaA PUSIO. d. Exp. 1:7 in. Allied to I. lyra, Salv., and I. andronica, Hew., differing from the latter in the apex of the anterior wings having only a narrow black border, inside of which up to the extracellular white spot on the wing is diaphanous. In J. andronica white spots are enclosed in the dark apex of the wing. As in J. andronica, the dark spot covering the base of the cell is triangular and not subrect- angular as in J. lyra. The Q (exp. 1°85) resembles the male in colour, differing in the sexual divergence of the neuration usual in the Hymenitis section of Ithomia. Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (Belt and Janson). Mus. nostr. We have long hesitated to describe this I¢homia, owing to its simi- larity to I. andronica; but having now seen a large number of speci- mens we consider its distinctness sufficiently apparent. 5. ITHOMIA ZYGIA. d. Exp. 2:7 in. Anterior wings semitransparent dark brown; costa, outer and inner margins, a spot in middle of the cell, another at the extremity, and the median and discoidal branches black; a large spot near the end of the cell and two curved bands of spots crossing the apical half of the wing, the outermost following the curve of the margin, semitransparent yellow ; two small white spots near the apex ; posterior wings semitransparent, fulvous, yellower in the cell, and towards the apex a broad black margin enclosing three white spots, that at the apex being the smallest ; underside as above, the white marginal spots being more conspicuous. Female similar to the male as to the position of the markings, but darker, the white spots on the marginal border of the hind wings larger, central portion of hind wings, and middle of inner margin of fore wings, rich tawny. Hab. Chiriqui. Mus. nostr. et H. Druce. Allied to I. gonussa, Hew. SaTyRINZ. 6. PrERELLA INCANESCENS. 3. Exp. 2°8; 2 3°15. Allied to P. helvina, Hew. (Ex. Butt. Het. t. 1. f. 4), the colours being similarly distributed. ‘The black 62 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN [Feb. 6, transverse markings of the wings are all less distinct; and that crossing both wings beyond the end of the cell of each in the present species passes in the hind wing considerably beyond the end of the cell. The ocelli near the apical angle of the hind wings are larger, and the red colour of the same is more extended, leaving only a comparatively narrow black border. From P. ocreata, Salv. and Godm. (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. p. 143), the present insect differs in the absence of the conspicuous white markings of the hind wings, as well as in the position of the bands common to both wings, and other minor characters. Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (Belt, Janson); Costa Rica (Van Patten, Endres); Chiriqui and Veragua (Arcé); Panama, Chepo (Arcé). Mus. nostr. 7. OXEOSCHISTUS GIGAS. 9. Exp. 3°5 in. Outer margin of both wings dentated somewhat as in the genus Dedalma. Apex of anterior wings truncate, outer margin concave, the upper radial elongated and carrying a well-defined emargination. Above brown; anterior wings with a submarginal row of five white spots, and two other spots, one between the median branches, the other between the first median branch and the submedian nervure ; posterior wings with a broad tawny margin intersected by the dark nervules, and having a black spot about the middle of the median interspace. Beneath, anterior wings as above, with the apex tinged with tawny, and irregularly marked with whitish spots; hind wings deep tawny ; a row of ocelli between the median and radial nervules, that between the median branches largest and bipupillated, two ocelli hetween the submedian neryure and the first median branch ; a number of irregularly-shaped silvery spots in the vicinity of the ocelli, and four similar ones arranged across the middle of the cell from the costa to the submedian nervure; an indistinct pale submarginal band between the ocelli and the outer margin. Hab. Guatemala, Aceytuno. Mus. nostr. HELIcOoNINz. 8. HELICONIUS FASCIATUS. 3. Exp. 3°5 in. Closely allied to H. tsmenius, Latr. (Humb. and Bonpl. Obs. Zool. ii. p. 125, t. 41. f. 5, 6), which it appears to replace on the Isthmus of Panama. The black spot in the middle of the cell unites with the black apical portion of the anterior wing; and the posterior wings are crossed by a well-defined band extending from the apex to the inner margin. Hab. Isthmus of Panama (M‘Leannan). Mus. nostr, NYMPHALIN. Bo.Boneura, gen. nov. Anterior wings short, costa rounded, outer margins with a slight emargination. Posterior wings rounded, anal anglenot produced. Palpi 1877.] ON NEW BUTTERELIES, 63 long, projecting far beyond the head, as in the genus Nica. Costal and median nervures of the anterior wing swollen towards their bases, almost as in the costal nervure of the genus Cystineura. General coloration as in the genus Epiphile. Type Temenis sylphis, Bates (Ent. Monthl. Mag. i. p. 113). Hab. Mexico and Guatemala. Mus. nostr. 9. EUBAGIS IMMARGINATA. 3. Exp. 1-7 in. Above uniform Zudagis green; the anterior wings without black spots or dark outer margin; posterior wings with a black margin, and a single black spot in the interspace of the median branches. Beneath, the markings almost exactly correspond to those of E. postverta (Cr.), the colour between the ocelli of the posterior wings being darker than in the above species. Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (Belt, Janson). Mus. nostr. 10. Eunica mira. 2. Exp. 2°45 in. Anterior wings with the apex pointed, the costa and outer margin uniformly convex ; margin of the hind wings rounded. Anterior wings deep purple black, with a greenish tinge, beyond the cell an interrupted band of paler greenish hue crosses the wing from the costa to inner angle, outside of which is a band of whitish ‘passing from the costa to the middle of the outer margin ; posterior wings deep brown, outer margin pale; dark submarginal spots near the apical angle. Beneath, both wings distinctly variegated with black spots and bands on a blue-green ground, apex of the anterior wings and margin of the posterior wings whitish, the former crossed by a line of black spots; the posterior wings have a line of fulvous spread over the regiou-of the median nervure, the inner margin being of the same colour. Hab. Veragua (Arcé). Mus. nostr. This remarkable species, of which at present we have only received one damaged female specimen, belongs to the group containing Lunica sophronisba (Cr.), but is abundantly distinct from that species, both in the coloration and the pointed apex of the anterior wings. The male remains to be discovered. 11. Eunica Excetsa. 3 Exp. 2:95in. Similar to Z. cinara, Hew. (Ex. Butt. Oybd. t. i. f. 2), as to the markings of the undersurface; but above, instead of the smalt-blue of both wings being of a uniform tint, the hind wings are suffused towards their outer margin with glittering greenish blue, as in E£. venusia, Feld. (Voy. Nov., Lep. p. 407, t. 52. f. 3), and E. aspasia, Feld. (Wien. ent. Monat. v. p- 104). From the last- named species it differs in the greater extent of the smalt-blue of the anterior wings and in the paler ground-colour of the posterior wings beneath ; the glistening blue of the latter wings above is also greener and more refulgent. Hab. Chiriqui (4reé). Mus. nostr. 64 DR A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [ Feb. 6, 12. Eunica C&RULA. 3. Exp. 2:4 in. Allied to Z. tatila, H.-Sch. (Aussereurop. Schm. f. 69-72), ex Haiti, but differing in the greater extent and more purple tinge of the blue of the wings, which in Haitian specimens (agreeing fairly with H.-Schaffer’s plate) is of a paler tint. Beneath, the posterior wings are deeper brown, and the markings much less distinctly defined. Hab. Guatemala. Maus. nostr. 6. Account of the Zoological Collection made during the visit of H.M.S. ‘ Peterel’ to the Galapagos Islands. Communicated by Dr. Axsert Ginruer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. [Received January 29, 1877.] (Plates XI.—XIII.) The circumstances under which the zoological collection’ described in this paper was obtained are, shortly, the following. By direction of Rear-Admiral the Hon. A. A. Cochrane, who then commanded the Pacific Station, Commander W. E. Cookson proceeded in H.M.S, ‘ Peterel,’ in June 1875, for a short cruise in the Galapagos archi- pelago. His whole stay was limited to a fortnight, in which time he landed on Charles and Abingdon Islands, and at Tagus and Iguana Coves in the Albemarle Islands. These, at least, were the localities where Commander Cookson, assisted by Staff-Surgeon Bett, collected the zoological objects which, by direction of Admiral Cochrane, have been deposited in the British Museum. Valuable as this contribution to our knowledge of the Galapagos fauna is, it serves at the same time to show how incomplete is our acquaintance with one of the zoologically most interesting stations. But for Commander Cookson’s timely visit, the Abingdon Tortoise would, in all probability, have disappeared, unknown as if it had never existed, or leaving only some fragments of its osseous frame. Per- haps we may hope that the success which attended Commander Cook- son’s search may encourage others to complete the work commenced by Fitzroy and Darwin. For the convenience of the student of this fauna, it seemed de- sirable to keep together in a connected form the notices of the various parts of the collection which have been examined and deter- mined by the staff of the Zoological Department. My thanks are due to Mr. McLachlan, F.L.S., for the notice of the Libellule. 1 Referred to at meetings of the Zoological Society last year; see P. Z.S. 1876, pp. 178, 422, 520. Pees lO? fel. EE NN me oN SS s\ vow Rh / QS My) y EA.Smarth del. Mintern Bros.1mp . 1—5, OPHIONEREIS ALBOMACULATA. 6, RHIZOCHILUS PARVUS. 7, TROCHUS COOKSONI, 8,SUCCINEA BETTI, Pron 1877 | Pl, Sar. C.Berjeau hth. Mintern Bros.imp. 1, LEPTODIUS COOKSONI. 2,CUBARIS GALAPAGOENSIS. B.A.Smith SPIDERS OF THE GALAPAGOS. Mintern Bros. imp a se aly: 4 a * . we s Oe ee al ewe ay y ‘ _ ok Po Re ome " a vie ne) = 1877.) COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL,’ 65 I. Brrps. By R. Bowpier Snapper. The specimens were thirteen in number, and preserved in spirits of wine. They were obtained on Charles and Albemarle Islands, the two of the group of which we appear to know least; indeed, from the latter island one species only, Mimus parvulus, is recorded by Mr. Salvin in his important memoir recently published (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ix. pp. 447-510). Commander Cookson obtained also a Geospiza on that island. The species of Dendreca is widely spread over the archipelago, and was previously known from Charles Island ; but the existence of a Pyrocephalus in this locality is confirmed for the first. time. The exploration of Tower and Hood Islands is still a great desi- deratum: their birds are reported to be peculiar ; but not a single example of them has as yet reached European collections. It is very remarkable that (as Commander Cookson reports) the birds continue to be as tame as in former times, especially in Charles and Chatham Islands, which have been so long inhabited ; the small birds of all kinds are so tame that they are easily knocked down with a switch, some of the men being able to kill numbers of doves in this manner. 1. Mrmus pAaRvuLus. Mimus parvulus (Gould) ; Salvin, 1. c. p- 472. A single specimen from Albemarle Island, measuring as follows— total length 8-4 inches, culmen 0:9, wing 3°95, tail 4-0, tarsus 1-3. Considerable differences exist between the bird now sent and the typical and unique specimen in the British Museum. It is much greyer, and the head is varied with ashy-brown margins to the feathers ; the hinder neck is conspicuously lighter, the white sides of the neck converging and forming a half-collar ; the rufous rump is very distinctly indicated, the upper tail-coverts being also shaded with rufous, all the feathers mottled and having brown centres ; wing-feathers dark brown, all broadly tipped with white, these tips somewhat shaded with rufous on the inner secondaries and greater coverts; tail-feathers dark brown, edged with grey, the feathers all shading off into a white tip, broader on the inner web, the outer feather externally edged with whitish; lores and ear- coverts dark brown, slightly shaded with grey ; avery distinct white eyebrow; cheeks and under surface of body pure white, the fore neck and breast distinctly spotted with triangular marks of brown. Professor Sundevall is inclined to unite all the Galapagoan Mock- ing-Thrushes into one species; but Mr. Salvin points out that MV, trifasciatus is a distinct species without doubt. In this I agree with him, the large size and very distinct endings to thg wing-coverts and tail-feathers, and above all the broad edgings of brown to the breast-feathers, serving to separate it. But as regards the distinct- ness of M. melanotis and M. parvulus, Mr. Salvin is more in doubt ; and I believe, with him, that “a larger series of specimens would show that the differences (in size alone) would gradually disappear.”’ 5 Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1877, No. V. 66 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [ Feb. 6, The specimen sent by Commander Cookson exhibits a previously undescribed plumage of these insular Mimi; it is most probably a young individual. 2. DENDR@CA AUREOLA. Dendreca aureola (Gould) ; Salvin, ¢. ¢. p. 473. Three specimens from Charles Island, representing an old female, a young male, and a young female. The young male bird is in an interesting plumage, having the under surface yellow, the throat white with a few yellow feathers intermixed, while on the breast the reddish streaks are just beginning to appear. 3. GEOSPIZA FULIGINOSA. Geospiza fuliginosa (Gould) ; Salvin, ¢. c. p. 482. Three young specimens from Albemarle Island, whence no Geo- spiza has as yet been recorded. Two are nestlings, the smallest being uniform creamy buff below, and having very broad rufous edgings to the wing-coverts and quills. The specimen appears to be full-grown, and measures as follows—total length 3:9 inches, wing 2°4, tail 1°7, tarsus 0°8. The Albemarle species would ap- pear from these dimensions to be G. fuliginosa, as they are too big for G. parvula, and there is also a specimen of a young G. fuliginosa from Indefatigable Island (adel) in the British Museum, with the plumage of which the Albemarle skin agrees very well indeed. 4. PyROCEPHALUS NANUS. Pyrocephalus nanus (Gould); Salvin, ¢. e. p. 492. No specimens of these Ruby- crowned Flycatchers have been before recorded from Charles Island, though Dr. Habel says that the spe- cies was found on all the islands visited by him. Commander Cookson has sent five specimens, two of which, now that they are made into skins, are yellowish where the adults are red ; this is pro- bably owing to the action of the spirit upon the plumage, and does not point to the specific distinctness of the Charles-Island bird. A young male in changing plumage shows a decided shade of red ap- pearing on the under surface. II. Reprites. By Avsert GUNTHER. The two species of Tortoises (Testudo microphyes from Albemarle, and Testudo abingdonii from Abingdon Island) will be fully described and figured in the author’s forthcoming work on Gigantic Land Tortoises. Only five species of Lizards are known from the archipelago, of all of which specimens were obtained by Commander Cookson. For a full description and figures I refer to the excellent paper re- cently published by Dr. Steindachner (“ Die Schlangen und Kidechsen der Galapagos Inseln,”’ Festschrift der zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1876, 4to). ‘Their distribution in the archipelago is as follows :— 1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘PETEREL,’ 67 1. LiocerHatus Gray (Bell) =Craniopeltis bivittata (Ptrs.) according to Steindachner. Chatham (Darwin). Charles (Darwin). Albemarle (Cookson, Steindachner). James (Steindachner). Indefatigable (Steindachner). Jervis (Steindachner). Abingdon (Cookson). 2. LiocepHatus pactricus (Steind.). ? Indefatigable (Habel). Bindloe (Habel). Abingdon (Cookson). 3. AMBLYRHYNCHUS CRISTATUS (Bell). Generally distributed. Commander Cookson states that the rocks at Iguana Cove were thickly covered with Amblyrhynchi. He found them in numbers at the other places he visited, but nowhere else so numerous and go large in size. Here they were found to weigh from 20 to 22 lb., against 12 to 14 from other localities, 4. ConoLopuus suBcristatus (Bell). Albemarle (Darwin, Cookson’, Steindachner), James (Darwin). Barrington (Darwin), Indefatigable (Darwin). 5. PaHyLLopAcTYLus GALAPAGENSIS (Ptrs.). Charles (Cookson). Ill. Fisnzes. By Auserr Ginruer. Of the twelve species enumerated below, five are new to the fauna of the Galapagos archipelago, viz. Sargus unimaculatus, Argyriosus setipinnis, Hemiramphus unifasciatus, Clupea libertatis, and Balistes mitis. 1. CENTROPRISTIS PSITTACINUS (Val.). Charles Island. 2. SeRRANUS OLFAX (Jen.). Charles Island. Jenyns (Zool. Beagle, p. 9, pl. 4) drew up his description from a dried skin which evidently is much distorted, Therefore it appears to be proper to give a new description from a specimen preserved in spirits, 17 inches long. 3 D5 A. ae Body compressed, of moderate height, its greatest depth being 1 Only a mandible, from Iguana Cove, 1s 5 68 DR. A, GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [Feb. 6, equal to the length of the head and rather more than one third of the total length (without caudal). Upper profile sloping in a mode- rately strong curve from the commencement of the dorsal to the end of the snout. Lower jaw the longest. The teeth are in strong card in both jaws, the upper jaw with an outer series of stronger ones ; one pair of canine teeth above and below, much stronger than any of the other ones. Vomerine and palatine teeth in narrow short bands. ‘The diameter of the eye is one half the length of the snout, and two thirds of the width of the interorbital space. The maxillary, when the mouth is closed, reaches to behind the middle of the orbit. The structure of tie nostrils does not differ from that of the other species of the genus: there are externally on each side two openings, a small anterior, and large posterior ; they are separated by a narrow bridge of skin, which, in dried examples, would be very liable to shrink or disappear altogether. At the bottom of the posterior opening are the two apertures described by Jenyns which lead into the interior of the nasal organ. The preoperculum is rather more than rectangular, the basal margin nearly straight and horizontal, the ascending margin finely denticulated with a shallow sinuosity above the angle. Operculum with a flat triangular spine. Seales nearly smooth, lateral line not very conspicuous. Dorsal spines slender, the second being the longest, its length contained twice and one fourth in that of the head. The length of the first spine is four ninths of that of the second, the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth spines gradually decreasing in length. Candal sub- truncated. Body uniform dark brown. Head and fins yellow. 3. SERRANUS HUMERALIS (C. V.). =8. albomaculatus (Jen.), Charles Island. 4, PristrpoMA CANTHARINUM (Jen.). Charles Island. 5. CHRYSOPHRYS TAURINA (Jen.). Charles Island. Very closely allied to Ch. calamus. 6. SarGcus UNIMACULATUs (BI.). Charles Island. This fish is to be added to the list of species occurring on both sides of the Isthmus of Panama. Hitherto it was known from the Atlantic coasts of Tropical America (including the West Indies) only. 7. DoyDIXODON FREMINVILLII (Val.). Charles Island (Post- Office Bay). Albemarle Island (Iguana Cove). The number of dorsal rays varies from 15 to 17; that of the anal rays appears to be more constant, namely 12. With regard to the distribution of this fish on the Pacific side of the American conti- nent, and the alleged presence of teeth on the palate, see Zool. Record, iv. p. 160. 1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 69 8. ArGyrRiosuS sETIPINNIS (Mitch.). Charles Island (Post- Office Bay). 9. HEMIRAMPHUS UNIFASCIATUS (Ranz.). Charles Island (Post- Office Bay). This is one of the fishes which appear to extend within the tropics almost round the globe; hitherto it has not been brought from the West coast of Africa. 10. Cuupea LiBeRtTatTis (Gthr.). Charles Island (Post-Office Bay). 11. Terropon nerRatpi (Gthr.). Charles Island (Post-Office Bay). 12, Bauisres mitis (Benn.). Charles Island (Post-Office Bay). IV. Motuusca. By EnGar Smiru. The shells collected by Commander Cookson are all from Charles Island. They belong to twenty-two species, the majority of which were previously known to have been found in the archipelago, though we were ignorant in some instances of the island on which they had been obtained. Six of the species are additions to this fauna, three of them being apparently undescribed. A. Marine Species. 1. Purpura PATULA, Linn. Both the normal form of the species and the variety (P. columel- laris, Lamarck) occur at Charles Island. Some of the typical specimens with thin lips have the spire quite elevated, indeed quite as much so as certain of the variety with the thickened and strongly dentate labrum. One of the latter form is quite a curiosity, on ac- count of its diminutive size and solidity, being only an inch in Iength and yet quite adult. 2. PurpPURA CALLAOENSIS, Gray. The single specimen from Charles Island differs from all Peruvian examples I have seen in having four stout lirations within the aper- ture, which do not reach to the margin of the labrum ; and the four transverse ridges which usually encircle the body-whorl of this species are very well developed. The specimens in the Cumingian collection are stated to have come from the Galapagos Islands, ac- cording to a ticket preserved with them; but Reeve quotes Callao Bay as the home of the species. 3. ENGINA CRocosToma, Reeve. This species has been found at Panama ; and the Philippine Islands were given by its author as the habitat. 70 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [ Feb. 6, 4. Raizocuitus (CORALLIOPHILA) PARVUS, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 6.) Testa parva, fusiformi-ovata, vir rimata, alba; anfractus circiter 7, convexiusculi, longitudinaliter plicati, plicis obliquis 10-11 validis, et liris spiralibus rugosis fortibus (in anfr. penult. 5-6, in ultimo circa 18, alternatim majoribus) cincti; apertura ceruleo-alba, pyriformis, ad basim canalem brevem aliquanto recurvum jungens, longitudinis totius 3 paulo superans ; labrum crenulatum, intus denticulatum. Longit. 103 millim., diam. fere 6. This pretty species is of a short fusiformly-ovate shape, entirely white ; the whorls are spirally lirated, two of the lirations on the upper whorls being stouter than the others ; and those on the last are regularly alternately large and small, the stout ones being twice as thick as the latter. The aperture is bluish white, pyriform, and prolonged into the basal channel, which is somewhat recurved ; the columella is straightish, thinly callous, smooth and shining; the labrum is strongly crenulated on the margin and armed within with about ten lirations, which do not extend far within the aperture. Although there are not any very striking peculiarities in this little shell, still it does not satisfactorily agree with any other species. For its size the spiral ribs are remarkably stout, and are more con- spicuous than the oblique plications. 5. COLUMBELLA FUSCATA, Sowerby. Panama, Mazatlan, West Columbia, and Peru are other localities where this species has been found. 6. Lavirus varicosus, Reeve. It is curious that the single specimen obtained by Commander Cookson is in exactly the same worn condition as the shells origi- nally described. 7. LaTirvus TUBERCULATUS, Broderip. Also found on the west coast of Central America. 8. Mirra (STIGATELLA) TRISTIS, Swainson. This species is also quoted from Mazatlan, Panama, and St. Elena, West Columbia. 9. Corus nux, Broderip. 10. Crrira1um MAcuLosuM, Kiener. 11. CaALypTR@A, sp. There are two small specimens of a species of this genus in the collection, probably the young stage of C. tortilis, Reeve, or C. al- veolata, A. Adams, both of which are described as inhabitants of these islands. One of them has taken up its abode in the shell of a dead Fissuredla, and has curiously extended the margin of its shell through the apical hole. 7 1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL,.’ 71 12, Hipponyx GRAYANA, var., Menke. A young shell, apparently belonging to this species, differs from the normal form in being much more coarsely radiately costated ; and consequently the crenulation of the basal margin is considerably more conspicuous. 13. Rissoma stricta, Menke. The single specimen from the Galapagos Islands agrees very closely with the description given by Menke (Zeitschrift fiir Malokozoologie, 1850, p. 177). The labrum is very greatly thickened, and the transverse liration is strongly developed around the lower half of the body-whorl. The whorls are ten in number, and have about twenty smooth ribs, which are slightly flexuous on the last. Fig. 25, on plate iii. of Schwartz von Mohrenstein’s monograph of the genus, gives a very good representation of this species. 14. Trocuus (Ompaatius) cooKsont, sp.n. (Plate XI. fig. 7.) Testa valde umbilicata, suborbiculata, levissime conoidea, fusco roseoque variegata, lineis albidis nigro articulatis obscure picta ; anfractus 43, sublevigati, converiusculi, striis spiralibus paucis tenuibus insculpti ; ultimus Superne convexus, infra suturam leviter depressus, ad peripheriam complanatus, idcirco biangu- latus, basi subplanus, tenuissime spiraliter striatus, circa um- bilicum sulco haud profundo aratus; umbilicus albus, profundus, callo albido, ad basim columelle dentem Sormante circumdatus ; apertura suborbicularis ; columella arcuata, anfractui callo juneta. Diam. maxima 8 millim., minima 7, alt. 4. This shell is deeply umbilicated, elevately orbicular, convex above, only slightly conical and flat beneath ; the last whorl is flattened at its middle ; and this produces a double angulation, which, however, is not very conspicuous; there is also a faint depression a little below the suture. The coloration of this species is not very definite ; the upper surface is blotched irregularly with pink and brown, and some spiral, articulated lines, the base is a trifle paler ; the only sculpture consists of fine spiral striations, which are most conspicuous on the base; the callus which surrounds the umbilicus is whitish, and ter- minates in a faint tooth on the columella, and is bordered by a shallow sulcus in the whorl. The columella terminates above in a callosity which extends upward some distance on the whorl, and also spreads out within the aperture. T. occultus of Philippi, bears a faint relationship to this form, but is more conoid and more strongly sculptured. 15, FissureLua opscura, Sowerby. 16. Curron (Lopuyrus) GoopALLII, Broderip. 17. Curron (Lornyrvs) sutcarus, Wood. 72 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [Feb. 6, 18. ARCA, sp. Two small shells, probably the young of aa larger species, seem most nearly allied to 4. gradata, Brod. & Sowb.; they are rather more finely reticulated than is usual with that species, but in form, and the position of the umbones, they agree very well. B. Terrestrial Species. ‘ 19. Butimus nux, Broderip. The specimens of this species collected by Commander Cookson are very coarsely striated, and much darker in colour than those de- scribed by Broderip. They are striped longitudinally with a mixture of slate-colour and brown, with here and there some pale streaks ; and some specimens have a distinct pale band around the middle of the body-whorl; and the four apical whorls are bluish black. This species is considerably variable in form, some examples being much more elongate than others. The following measurements show how great is the variation in length. One shell is 20 millims. long and 10 in diameter, and another very short one has a length of only 16 millims. and yet is the same width as the longer specimen. 20. Butimus unirasciatus, Sowerby. 21. BuLimus ESCHARIFERUS, Sowerby. This species is quoted by Reeve as having been found at Chatham Island by Darwin. The Charles-Island shells are considerably larger than those from the above locality, and also coarser in sculp- ture, some of them displaying spiral granose or rugose striation as in B. rugulosus of Sowerby, from the same islands ; and, indeed, they appear to be an intermediate variety or connecting link between the two species, both as regards size and sculpture. The largest speci- men measures 19 millims. in length, and 73 in width. 22. SuccINEA BETTI, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 8.) Testa ovata, superne aliquanto acuta, tenuissima, diaphana, flavo- cornea, versus apicem rubescens, irregulariter arcuatim striatula, nitens ; anfractus 3, penultimus parvus convexus, ultimus max- imus, inflatus ; apertura ovata, superne angustata vix obliqua ; columella obliqua, parum arcuata, tenuissime callosa; peristoma simplex regulariier arcuatum. Long. 13 millim., diam. maxima 8, aperture longit. 10 millim., diam. 53. Var. Testa brevior. This species is most nearly allied to S. rubicunda Pfeiffer, which was described as coming from the island of Masafuera, off the coast of Chili. From it the present species differs in consisting of half a whorl more. This difference is quite apparent when the spires of the two species are regarded with the mouth of the shell towards the eye. ‘The penultimate and apical whorls of the Galapagos species 1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL, 73 will be seen to be considerably more elevated than in rubicunda. The colour of the latter is rather paler, except the apex, which is perhaps a trifle deeper in tint. V. Crusracra. By Epwarp J. Miers. But little attention has hitherto been paid to the Crustaceans of the Galapagos archipelago, except as regards the Oxyrhyncha (vide Bell, Zool. Trans. ii. p- 39 et seg. 1841); and Commander Cook- son’s collection contained four species only, two of which are well known and widely distributed, the two others being undescribed. 1. Leproprus COOKSONI, n. sp. (Plate XII. fig. 1.) Carapace smooth, transverse, scarcely at all convex, surface every- where finely punctulated, the punctulations more crowded upon the anterior part. Frontal margin with the median fissure distinct, ob- securely 4-lobed. The frontal, gastric, and antero-lateral regions areo- lated, the areolets and intervening fissures well defined. Antero- lateral margins obtuse and rounded, the tooth at the external orbital angle and the first marginal tocth quite obsolete, the three following teeth having the form of obscure rounded lobes. Posterior to the last tooth or lobe of the antero-lateral margin are two or three short, obscure, transverse lines. Anterior legs very strong, granulated ; wrist and upper and outer surface of hand with numerous raised reticulating lines ; a blunt tooth at the antero-internal angle of the wrist, and a slight ridge on the upper and inner margin of the hand, terminating posteriorly in a tubercle. Fingers black. Ambulatory legs short, smooth, and without hairs, except on the tarsi, which are closely tomentose. Abdomen of g 5-, of 2 7-jointed. Length of carapace of $ about +, in. Breadth 4 in. Hab. Charles Island. A single, apparently adult male is in the collection, and a female, much smaller. Their colour (in spirits) is dark reddish brown. This species has altogether the external aspect of a Xanthodius, but has not any trace of the ridge upon the palate, the character upon which the genus was founded by Stimpson. It is to be noted that in Xanthodius this ridge is not produced to the anterior margin of the buccal area, and, therefore, does not completely define the branchial channel ; so that in fact the genus Xanthodius occupies an intermediate position between the Chlorodiinze, in which the palatal ridge is entirely absent, and the Oziine, in which it is fully de- veloped. 2. GRapsus pictus. Pagurus maculatus, Catesby, Nat. Hist. Carolina, ii. pl. xxxvi. fig. 1 (1743). Grapsus pictus, Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. vi. p. 69 (1803): M.- Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii, p. 86 (1837). Hab. Charles Island. One specimen of this species, an adult male (length 23 in., breadth 74 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL > [Feb. 6, 3 in.), is in the collection. It occurs in nearly all the warmer tem- perate and tropical seas of the globe. : The specimen from Charles Island resembles in all respects speci- mens of G. altifrons, Stimpson (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vii. p. 230, 1860), in the collection of the British Museum, from Cape St. Lucas, California, presented by the Smithsonian Institu- tion. This species cannot be regarded as distinct from G. pictus, as the characters given are by no means constant or restricted to Western-American specimens. 3. REMIPES PACIFICUS. Remipes pacificus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust.1i. p. 407, pl. xxv. fig. 7 (1852). Hab. Charles Island. One specimen was obtained. This species was described by Dana from specimens collected at the Fiji and Sandwich Islands; its occurrence at Cape St. Lucas, California, has since been recorded by Stimpson ; and specimens from the last-mentioned locality, presented by the Smithsonian Institution, are in the collection of the British Museum. There are also speci- mens in the collection from the New Hebrides, Fiji, Navigators’, and Samoa Islands, the coast of Australia, the Philippines, and Mau- ritius. I think it not improbable that this species may be identical with the Remipes testudinarius of Latreille (Gen. Crust. et Ins. i. p. 45), described and figured by Milne-Edwards (Hist. Nat. Crust. p. 206, pl. xxi. figs. 14-20), from Australia. 4, CUBARIS GALAPAGOENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XII. fig. 2.) Convex, narrow-oblong, minutely punctulated, and strongly gra- nulated. Head narrow-transverse, with two or three small granules near its posterior margin. Eyes very small, black. First segment of the body with two larger sigmoid elevations on its dorsal surface, near its anterior margin, the granulations less regular and more numerous than on the succeeding segments ; the six succeeding seg- ments with a transverse series of about six regularly placed granules near the posterior margin, and two or three in front of them, on each side of the middle line a group of larger granules ; towards the lateral margins the granules again become uniseriate. Segments of the tail with but one or two small granules towards the lateral mar- gins; last segment concave on the sides, wider at its proximal than at its distal extremity, and with three small granules on its upper surface. Antennee with the penultimate about half the length of the last joint. Colour iron-grey, segments with paler margins and patches on each side of the middle line. Hab. Charles Island. A single specimen is in the collection. This species is distinguished from most of its congeners by the strongly granulated segments of the body. In C. cubensis, De Saussure (Mém. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Genéve, xiv. (2) p. 481, pl. v. fig. 42, 1858), the segments 1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 75 are granulated on each side, but the transverse series of submarginal granules are wanting. VI. Myriopopa and Aracunipa. By A. G. Buruer. Myrioropa. 1. SCOLOPENDRA COMPLANATA. Scolopendra complanata, Newport, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ist ser, xili. p. 99. One example, Charles Island. ARACHNIDA. 1. ANDROCTONUS AMERICUS. Androctonus americus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. 2, p. 1038. no. 4. One example, Charles Island. 2. LyCosA INDOMITA. Lycosa indomita, Nicolet, Gay’s Hist. Fis. de Chili, Aran. pl. 2. fig. 12 (1854). One example, Charles Island. Previously known from Chili. 3. THERIDION CAROLINUM, n.sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 3, 3%, 3°.) 2. Cephalothorax testaceous, cordiform, truncate in front, caput ascending, about half the width of the pectoral region, separated by an oblique depressed line on each side, and having a central longi- tudinal brownish line; eyes amber-coloured with black margins, arranged in two very slightly convex rows across the anterior part of the caput ; the four central eyes forming a nearly regular square, the posterior pair being larger; the lateral pairs placed obliquely ; abdo- men ovate, black, with a dorsal longitudinal moniliform band, and three converging oblique lateral stripes (not reaching the central band) whitish ; legs ochraceous, setose; tibize banded with brown, palpi rather slender, testaceous, brownish at the tips; maxille and falces testaceous; pectoral plate scutiform, testaceous in the middle, brown on each side ; ventral surface of abdomen with a broad longi- tudinal irregular whitish band, and a marginal streak of the same colour on each side. Length 7 millims; relative length of legs 1, 4, 2, 3. One example, Charles Island. 4. Larroprctus APicaLis, n.sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 5, 5°, 5°.) @. Cephalothorax shining piceous, cordiform, truncate in front, caput ascending, separated by a strongly defined depressed oblique line on each side; anterior eyes blackish, posterior amber-yellow, arranged in two convex rows on the front of the caput; the four central eyes forming a nearly regular quadrangle, the posterior pair being larger ; the lateral pairs placed rather further back and 76 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL (Feb. 6, obliquely ; abdomen ovate, shining, piceous, with bronzy reflections, densely setose ; a dorsal longitudinal ill-defined carina, and on either side a series of about five punctures ; an apical white-tipped irregular orange spot ; legs shining, piceous, setose ; proximal extremities of tibie and the metatarsi slightly reddish ; maxillee and falces dark olivaceous; pectoral plate scutiform, dark olivaceous ; ventral sur- face of abdomen olivaceous at the base, a central laterally excised large orange spot. Length 9 millims. ; relative length of legs 1, 4, Bu: Four examples, Charles Island. This species seems most nearly to approach L. formidabilis of Nicolet. ‘Two of the examples are much paler than the type, their abdomens having a greyish appearance. 5. Epetra cooKsonil, n. sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 2, 2°, QP. 2) Q. Cephalothorax reddish tawny, with three (central and lateral) longitudinal brown stripes, elongate cordiform, truncated in front, nearly flat, with a deep depression behind the head; eyes arranged on the front margin of the caput, the four central ones forming an elongate quadrangle upon a central prominence, the lateral pairs placed further back at the anterior angles of the cephalothorax, very small; abdomen velvety black, with a beautiful longitudinal sceptre- like band, and dotted lateral stripes, gold, the inner margins of the lateral stripes indicated by an interrupted sinuated golden line; legs reddish tawny, the distal extremities of the tibize, metatarsi, and tarsi blackish, the femora and tibie sprinkled with black bristles, the metatarsi and tarsi clothed with black hairs; palpi ochraceous, setose, with blackish terminal joint ; falees mahogany-red, maxillee and labrum deep castanecus, bordered with ochraceous ; pectoral plate subpyriform, pentagonal, piceous, with a longitudinal central testaceous streak; ventral surface of abdomen velvety black, cas- taneous at the base, streaked at the sides with undulating lines of silvery hair; four large central pale ochraceous spots, in the centre of which is a whitish spot ; a red spot on each side of the region of the spinners. Length 16 millims. ; relative length of legs 1, 4, 2, 3. Nine examples, Charles Island ; six specimens, Albemarle Island. Var. abdomen olivaceous, markings whitish. One specimen, Albemarle Island. This beautiful species is most nearly allied to H. oaxacensis of Keyserling, the figure of which would almost answer for it ;. but the description of the coloration does not at all agree with it. 6. GASTERACANTHA INSULANA. (Plate XIII. figs. 1, 1%, 1°, 1°.) Gasteracanthainsulana, Thorell, Ofvers. Vetensk. Akad. Férhandl: xvi. p. 302. no. 8 (1859, edit. 1860) ; Eug. Resa, Zool. Arachn. p. 17 (1868). Seven specimens, Charles Island, one specimen, Albemarle Island. This very handsome species was originally described as from the Galapagos Islands. 1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘PETEREL.” _ 77 7. THOMISOIDES UTRIFORMIS, n.sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 4, 4°, 4°, 4°.) ° Cephalothorax cordiform, truncate in front (the caput nearly straight at the sides), orange-tawny, pilose, with marginal and radi- ating lines of short black sets; eyes pale olive-hyaline, the central pair close together on the centre of the anterior margin of the caput, lateral pairs tolerably wide apart, placed on the lateral anterior margins of the caput, slightly obliquely ; abdomen trapezoidal, ex- cavated in front, transversely wrinkled and bisinuate behind, pilose, sordid ochraceous, clothed in front with coarse black sete, a series of depressions on each side; legs testaceous, banded with grey, with longitudinal series of short black setze; palpi testaceous, setose ; falces castaneous, setose ; maxillze and labrum castaneous ; pectoral plate testaceous, circular, slightly truncated in front and behind; abdomen below olive-brown, paler at base. Length 9 millims. ; re- lative length of legs 2, 1, 3, 4. One specimen, Charles Island. Most like T. rubripes of Nicolet. VII. Coxeorrera. By C. Warernovse. GEODEPHAGA. SELENOPHORUS GALAPAGOENSIS, G. R. Waterh. The type of this species, found by Mr. Darwin and described as ** piceus,”’ is evidently immature, as the two specimens just received from Commander Cookson (unfortunately also both females) are almost black above, but very slightly neous when viewed obliquely. The larger specimen measures 44 lines. Hab. Charles Island (Darwin and Cookson). HyDRADEPHAGA. EUNECTES OCCIDENTALIS, Er. Six examples, which agree very well with the brief description of this species. Hab. Charles Island (Cookson). Actutius 1nctsus, Aubé, var. Three examples. The male agrees perfectly with that of A. in- cisus. The female differs in having the thorax more punctured, and in having the elongate punctures on the elytra much stronger and more close than in any examples of zncisus; and the punctures, although diminishing in strength and density, extend nearly to the apex. ve considerable difference is admitted to exist in this respect in A. circumscriptus, the specimens from Galapagos must, I think, be considered mere varieties of 4. incisus. Hab. Charles Island (Cookson). 78 "pr. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL - [ Feb. 6, PaALPICORNIA. TROPISTERNUS LATERALIS, Fab. This species has already been recorded from the Galapagos, and appears to be common there. Hab. Charles Island (Darwin and Cookson). NECROPHAGA. ACRIBIS, gen. nov. Head large, broad, convex above; epistoma slightly produced, . narrow; antennze about as long as the head, Ist joint rather elongate, 2nd short obconic, 3rd as long as the 2nd and more slen- der, 4th to 7th becoming gradually shorter, 8th nearly globular, the 9th, 10th, and 11th forming a large ovate compressed club. Inter- mediate legs retractile; posterior femora partially covered by the posterior margin of the metasternum. Basal segment of the abdo- men large, the 2nd and 3rd very short. Closely allied tv Clambus, which it resembles in general form. ACRIBIS SERRATIVENTRIS, Sp. 0. Subglobosus, niger, nitidus, discrete subtilissime punctulatus ; capite subtus antennisque piceo-testaceis ; elytris apice obtuse rotundatis ; abdomine piceo, segmentis marginibus minute ser- ratis. Long. § millim. Build of Clambus minutus, but smaller and not so much narrowed posteriorly. Shining black. Head large, very broad and very con- vex, angular at the sides, emarginate on each side of the base of the epistoma at the insertion of the antenne. Thorax ample, the whole surface marked with fine transverse scratches, and sparingly and very finely punctured (as are also the head and elytra), each puncture bears a short fine black hair; the posterior angles are broadly rounded. Scutellum triangular, short, and very broad. Elytra convex, but less so posteriorly, a little longer than broad, not much narrowed towards the apex, which is broadly rounded. Underside. — Head beneath pitchy testaceous. Thorax below deeply excavated for the reception of the head in repose. Inter- mediate legs, when retracted, completely hidden by the posterior portion of the mesosternum. Metasternum a little shorter than the basal segment of the abdomen, with its posterior margin slightly flexuous in the middle. Posterior femora rather large, well separated from each other at their bases; tibiee about } the length of the femora: posterior tarsi as long as the tibiee, rather stout. Abdomen pitchy, the margins paler, the margins of the Ist to 4th segments serrate or, rather, minutely toothed like a comb; the basal seg- ment, as well as the sterna, are distinctly and moderately thickly pencilled. Hab. Charles Island (C. Darwin). PHALACRUS DARWINII, sp. 0. Oblongo-ovalis, convexus, piceo-niger, nitidissimus ; antennis pe- 1877.] ‘COLLECTION MADE RY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 79 dibusque obscure testaceis ; elytris punctorum seriebus duabus, singulis stria suturali, antice abbreviata, impressis. Long. 14 millim. Nearly black; the head pitchy. Thorax (when seen under a microscope) sparingly punctured. Elytra with an impressed sutural stria, only visibly punctured when seen under the microscope; paral- lel to this stria is a row of punctures, a little further removed from the stria than the stria is from the suture ; there is a second row of punctures, but it is not quite so distinct as the first. Hab. Charles Island (C. Darwin). MALACODERMATA. MeELyrip&. ABLECHRUS, gen. nov. Eyes entire, not very prominent. Antennze inserted in front of the eyes, of 9 joints, the Ist joint short obconic; the 2nd as long as broad; 3rd as long as the first, a little rounded at its base; 4th and 5th as long as the 3rd, subcylinarical; the 6th and 7th a little shorter ; the 8th one third longer than broad, narrowed at its ex- treme base; the 9th joint one third longer than the 8th, elongate- ovate, subacuminate at the apex. Thorax convex, transverse, rounded at the sides and behind. Elytra at their base not broader than the thorax, but somewhat suddenly widened below the shoulders, ample posteriorly, rounded at the apex. This insect closely resembles Hbeus thoracicus in form; the structure of the antennze, however, is quite different, and unlike any genus of Melyridee with which I am acquainted. Its position would be near Hbeus. ABLECHRUS FLAVIPES, sp. 0. fEneus, nitidus, vix pubescens; thorace transverso, cum elytris sat crebre evidenter punctato, his thorace fere triplo longiori- bus, basi thorace haud latioribus, postice ampliatis, apice ro- tundatis; antennis flavo-testaceis, articulis tribus apicalibus infuscatis ; pedibus flavis. Long. 2 millim., lat. 1 millim. General form that of Hbeus thoracicus, but smaller and relatively a trifle shorter; thorax rather convex, a little narrowed in front, very finely margined at the sides and posteriorly, distinctly and rather thickly punctured. Scutellum distinct. Elytraat their base not broader than the thorax, but immediately becoming broader and rounded posteriorly. Legs yellowish; the posterior tibiz slightly curved ; apex of tarsi slightly infuscated. Hab. James Island (C. Darwin). HETEROMERA. STOMION GALAPAGOENSIS, G. R. Waterh. Three examples were brought by Commander Cookson. 380 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [Feb. 6, AMMOPHORUS COOKSONI, Sp. Nn. Oblongus, ater, vix nitidus ; capite lato, planato, crebre fortiter longitudinaliter ruguloso-punctato: thorace quam caput + la- tiore, latitudine quam longitudo 1 majore, sat convexo, con- fertim fortiter punctato, antice posticeque oblique angustato, lateribus medio subparallelis, angulis anticis subacutis promi- nulis, posticis acutiusculis vix divaricatis ; elytris basi thorace haud latioribus, postice paulo ampliatis, convexis, fortiter late sulcatis, sulcis seriebus punctorum magnorum transversim im- pressis, interstitiis angustis cariniformibus, nitidis; humeris denticulo acuto armatis; pedibus brevibus obscure piceis, tibiis asperatis. Long. 3 lin., lat. 13 lin. This species is closely allied to A. obscurus, G. Waterh., but is relatively broader. The 4th to the 11th joints of the antenne are very strongly transverse ; the forehead is more strongly punctured ; and the interspaces are inclined to form rugule, especially near the eyes. The thorax is more strongly punctured, about } broader than long (whereas in A. obscurus it is only as broad as long) ; the sides are more sinuous. The coste of the elytra are more pronounced, and the channels are more slightly punctured. The legs are shorter somewhat and rough. Hab. Charles Island. Brit. Mus. PHYTOPHAGA. Haticipz. DoceMa, gen. nov. Antenne approximate at their base. Claws simple. Cotyloid cavities for the anterior coxze open. Prothorax marked posteriorly with a transverse impressed line, not bounded on each side by the short longitudinal impression. Posterior femora not reaching to the extremity of the elytra. Basal joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following joints taken together; the 2nd and 3rd joints about as long as broad. The position of this genus appears to me to be next to Graptodera. 1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S, ‘ PETEREL.’ 81 1. DocEMA GALAPAGO“NSE, G. R. Waterh. Haltica galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh. Ann. and Mag. N. H. 1845, xvi. p. 39. Hab. Charles Island (C. Darwin). 2. LoNGITARSUS LUNATUS, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, piceo-testaceus, nitidus ; thorace convexo, paulo latiore quam longiore, postice parum angustato, fere levi ; elytris basi thorace vix latioribus, medio rotundato-ampliatis, erebre evidenter punctatis, lunula communi picea notatis. Long. 13 millim. Closely resembles L. ballot, Marsh., in form and general appear- ance. The antenne are nearly the same; but the second joint is a little more pear-shaped ; and the third is as long as the second, but more slender. The thorax is a trifle less broad, and not visibly punctured. The elytra are very convex, much rounded at the sides, broadest across the middle, the shoulders almost completely effaced ; the surface is somewhat uneven, which makes the punctuation less distinct ; and the punctures are rather closer and finer than in L. ballote; a lunate pitchy band is placed across the middle. Hab. Charles Island (C. Darwin). GALERUCID. DraBRoTIcA LIMBATA, Sp. 0. Nigra, nitida; thorace pallide flavo; elytris piceis, obsolete costatis, inter costas irregulariter biseriatim striato-punctatis, apice levi, marginibus flavis ; antennis basi pedibusque obscure testaceis, tarsis fuscatis. Long. 2 lin. Head shining black. Thorax scarcely broader than long, a little narrowed towards the base, pale yellow, with two well-marked depressions on the disk. Elytra pitchy; at their base not quite twice as broad as the thorax, rather broader behind, obsoletely cos- tate towards the sides, with double irregular lines of distinct (but rather fine) punctures between the costee ; the apex nearly smooth ; the margins pale yellow, the yellow part widening at the apex. Legs yellowish, the knees and tarsi slightly dusky. Hab. James Island (C. Darwin). The following are the species of Coleoptera known to me to have occurred in the Galapagos Islands. 1. Albemarle Island. Corynetes rufipes, Faér. 2. James Island. Notaphus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh. Dermestes vulpinus, Fadr. Ablechrus darwinii, C. Waterh. Corynetes rufipes, Fabr. Ammophorus bifoveatus, G. R. Waterh. Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1877, No. VI. 6 82 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [Feb. 6, Anchonus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh. Diabrotica limbata, C. Waterh. Scymuus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh. 3. Chatham Island. Creophilus villosus, Grav. Bostrichus uncinatus, Germ.' Ammophorus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh. Pedoneeces pubescens, G. R. Waterh. 4. Charles Island. Selenophorus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh. Eunectes occidentalis, Hr. Acilius incisus, Audé. Tropisternus lateralis, Fabr. Acribis serrativentris, C. Waterh. Phalacrus darwinii, C. Waterh. Stomion galapagoénse, G. R. Waterh. Ammophorus cooksoni, C. O. Waterh. Ormiscus variegatus, G. R. Waterh. Otiorhynchus cuneiformis, G. R. Waterh. Docema galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh. 5. The particular island not specified. Feronia calathoides, G. R. Waterh. Feronia insularis, Bohem. ° Feronia galapagoénsis, G. R. W aterh. Amblygnathus obscuricornis, G. 2. Waterh. Copelatus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh. Philhydrus, sp. Copris lugubris, Bohem. Oryctes galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh. Physorhinus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh. Stomion helopoides, G. R. Waterh. Stomion levigatum, G. R. Waterh. Ammophorus obscurus, G. R. Waterh. Pedoneeces galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh. Pedonceces morio, Bohem. Phaleria manicata, Bohem. Eburia amabilis, Bohem. VIII. Hymenoptera and Diprera. By Frep. Smiru. The Hymenoptera collected by Commander Cookson are referable to two species. Three other species collected by Mr. Darwin during the Voyage of the ‘ Beagle,’ specimens of which were quite recently deposited in the British Museum by G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., may be added on this occasion. 1 The “‘ Apate” mentioned by Mr. Waterhouse, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1845, xvi. p. 36. 1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S, ‘PETEREL.’ 83 1, Camponotus sENEX, Smith, Cat. Hymenopt. part vi. p. 47. From Charles Island (W. E. Cookson). 2. CAMPONOTUS PLANUS. Worker. Length, 12 line. Black, with the legs, antennee, and mandibles ferruginous; thinly sprinkled with pale glittering hairs. Head slightly shining, oblong, a little wider than the thorax, with the eyes prominent and situated high at the sides near the vertex. Thorax rounded anteriorly, flattened above, and gradually narrowed to the metathorax, which is truncate behind ; the sutures dividing the pro-, meso-, and metathorax only slightly impressed. Abdomen ovate, semiopaque ; the node of the petiole incrassate, narrow, the sides nearly parallel, rounded above. Charles Island (C. Darwin). 3. CAMPONOTUS MACILENTUS. Worker. Length, 27 lines. Pale ferruginous, with the legs pale testaceous, smooth and shining, and having a few erect scattered pale hairs. The head wider than the thorax, oblong, with the eyes large, ovate, and black; the vertex slightly emarginate behind. Thorax compressed and much narrowed behind, convex above. Abdomen wider than the head, and oblong-ovate. The scale of the petiole wedge-shaped and rounded above. Charles Island (C. Darwin). 4. AGRIOMYIA VAGANS. Female. Length 2 lines. Head and thorax rufo-piceous; abdo- men pale ferruginous, smooth and shining. Head oblong, the vertex rounded behind ; the mandibles and antennze paler than the head. Thorax a little longer than the head, deeply strangulated between the pro- and metathorax; the former rounded in front and very convex; the metathorax abruptly truncated obliquely ; the legs rufo-piceous, with the tarsi and the articulations pale testaceous ; the tibiee paler than the femora and spinose exteriorly. Abdomen oblong, cylindric, and one third longer than the head and thorax, mottled with dark rufo-piceous stains; the second segment with three or four transverse impressed lines; the apex acute. On comparing this insect with females of the different genera into which the genus Thynnus has been divided, it appears from its general structure to belong to the genus Agriomyta of Guérin. Charles Island (C. Darwin). 5. XyLOcoPpA MORDAX, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p- 294, 2. Male. Length 8 lines. Ochraceous, the ocelli and mandibles black, the latter with a yellow spot at their base; the clypeus with a rufo-fuscous longitudinal line in the middle ; the antennz fuscous above ; the pubescence fulvous. The mesothorax smooth and shining on the disk, as is also the scutellum ; both nearly impunctate, having only a few very fine punctures: the mesothorax blackish on each 6 84 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [Feb. 6, side and closely punctured. Wings fulvo-hyaline, their nervures dark ferruginous; the femora rufo- -piceous, palest towards their apex; the pubescence on the thorax and legs fulvous. The apical margins of the segments of the abdomen rufo- -piceous ; the pubes- cence fulvous. Albemarle Island, Charles Island (W. £. Cookson). Of Dierera, Commodore Cookson collected two species in Charles Island, one being the Musca ochricornis of Wied., the other appa- rently new— SYRPHUS ALBOMACULATUS. Length 4 lines. The front covered with silvery tomentum, as well as the posterior margin of the head behind the eyes. The thorax of a metallic blue-green; the scutellum rufo-piceous, with its posterior margin pale testaceous. Wings hyaline and splendidly iridescent ; the nervures dark fuscous. The legs rufo-piceous, with the anterior tibize, the base of the intermediate and posterior pair, and also the tips of the femora pale rufo-testaceous. Abdomen blackish brown, smooth and shining; at the base of the seeond and third segments laterally a large white isosceles-triangular macula. IX. Nevrorrera. By R. McLacuuan. Only two species collected; both are Dragonflies, belonging to the subfamily Libellulina. 1. PANTALA HYMENZA. Libellula hymencea, Say, Journ. Acad. Philad. vol. viii. p. 19. Pantala hymenea, Hagen, Neurop. N. Amer. p. 142. One individual. In the ‘ Neuroptera of North America,’ Hagen records this only from Indiana, Western Texas, and Mexico. Later on, in his “ Synopsis on the Odonata of America”’ (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. xviiii May 1875), he adds Illinois and Cuba as localities. In the ‘ Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine,’ vol. xi. p. 92 (September 1874), I noted that Mr. G. F. Mathew, R.N., found the species at Payta, Peru, and says of it:—‘‘ This fine species occurred along the sea-coast. I cannot imagine where the larvze fed, as there was no fresh water within many miles of Payta, and rain is almost unknown there. Just above high-water mark, in some places, there were large patches of a species of Mesembryanthemum ; and these dragonflies were always to be found hawking above them.” I pos- sess an example from Chili. There can be little doubt that the species 18 migratory, though not to the same extent as its congener P. flavescens, which is found almost all over the world. 2. TRAMEA, Sp. ? Three individuals. As these examples are in bad condition, and having regard for the difficulties that surround the group, I do not venture to describe them, although they possibly pertain to a new species, of large size (almost as large as Pantala hymenea), and with 1877. ] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 85 only a very small dark anal spot on the hinder wings, in this latter character differing from most of the species of Central America. There are also two “ nymph’’-forms, which I was at first inclined to consider only conditions of one species, but which 1 am now con- vinced represent the nearly mature condition of two; and it may be that they pertain to the Pantala and Tramea respectively. The larger form (Pantala®) (fig. 1) may be described as follows :— Length, 23 millims. Body above (exceptiug the eyes and anal processes) uniformly opaque, pulverulent, brownish grey ; beneath, dingy yellowish and shining. Eyes yellowish. Mask of labium elongate, its anterior edge forming a triangle with obtuse apex. _Mandibles very large and prominent, standing out much in advance of the front of the head, their interlocked edges with about eight rather blunt teeth; very convex externally, forming (with the mask) a gibbous projection. Head above with a large and deep triangular depression behind the region of the ocelli. Pronotum with rounded hinder margin. Anterior rudimentary wings very narrow, lanceolate, extending to the hinder suture of the sixth abdominal segment ; posterior broad in the anal portion, rather longer than the anterior. Abdomen short and broad, a small black triangular spot in the middle of the hinder suture of each ventral segment; the alate mar- ginal portion very broad if viewed from beneath. Eighth segment produced at the sides into a strong flattened acute tooth, furnished with small distant spines on the edge. Ninth produced into a much longer and broader curved tooth, broadly triangular at its base, also with small spines on its edge. The form of the anal valves &c., is as follows :—Median dorsal process long and very strong, its sides dilated and triangular at base, the upper edge forming a sharp keel. Lateral superior processes slender and much shorter. Lateral infe- rior processes long, lanceolate, and very acute, scarcely shorter than the median dorsal process, slightly curved. All the anal processes shining, and dingy yellowish. Legs slender, not especially long, concolorous with the body; but on the femora and tibie there are indications of broad fuscescent rings, and the intermediate and pos- terior tarsi are blackish. 86 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [ Feb. 6, The smaller “ nymph” (Zramea ?) (fig. 2) is only 19 millims. long. Uniformly very shining, brown, with a tinge of blackish above; pale greyish yellow beneath. Eyes deep black. Mouth-parts even still more prominent than in the form above described : mandibles thickly sprinkled with small blackish dots ; the interlocked edges without visible teeth. Head above with an oblong depression behind the region of the ocelli, with a lateral extension on each side, dilated, and forming broad shallow pits, in which the antennze are inserted. Pronotum with a broad yellowish median band ; its posterior edge raised and rounded. Anterior rudimentary wings narrow, extending over the hinder margin of the 7th segment; posterior very broad at the base in the anal portion, network distinct, the apices extending to beyond the middle of the 8th segment. Abdomen very short and broad ; each ventral segment with two small blackish spots, having a tendency to form two lines on the terminal segments ; alate lateral portions extremely broad; Sth and 9th segments each produced laterally and posteriorly into a lanceolate acute process, with fine spines on the outer edge, that on the 8th extending to about the apical margin of the 9th, that on the latter equally long, and ex- tending beyond the anal processes. Median dorsal anal process lan- ceolate, strong, curved downward, its dorsal edge with long blackish spines towards the apex. Lateral superior processes slender and spiniform, blackish at the tips, as long as the dorsal. Lateral in- ferior processes much longer, stronger, and nearly straight, furnished with long and strong black spines, inferiorly at the base with long yellowish spiniform hairs. Legs much longer than in the form above described, more slender, pale brownish, but with a faint blackish line on the femora and tibiz externally, and with blackish tubercles on their edges, whence arise short yellowish spines. This “nymph” is evidently in its last stage before the exclusion of the imago. The neuration of the hind wings is distinct ; and the position of the triangle warrants the belief that it pertains to Tramea. Upon comparing these ‘“‘nymphs” with those of two familiar European species, viz. Plathemis depressa and Diplax striolata, the most striking feature is the greater prominence of the mouth-parts, the longer and more slender legs, and the absence of the dorsal den- tate crest on the abdomen. P. depressa has the angles of the apical segments not produced into processes ; but in D. striolata the pro- cesses are very evident, and approach the forms here described. X. LeprpoprerRa, ORTHOPTERA, and HEMIPTERA. By A. G. Bur_er. The following list contains not only the species collected by Com- mander W. E. Cookson, but also some Hemiptera discovered by Charles Darwin, Esq., during the visit of the “‘ Beagle,” and recently deposited in the British Museum. Among the species most worthy of note may be especially men- tioned a beatiful little moth (Cydosia sylpharis, n. sp.) obtained by Commander Cookson, and certainly the most splendidly coloured form of that genus yet described. ae 1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 87 LEPIDOPTERA. 1. DEIOPEIA ORNATRIX, Var. Noctua ornatriz, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 829. One specimen, Albemarle Island, June 23, 1875. This is the less heavily marked form of the species, also taken in the Galapagos Islands by Darwin. 2. CypDOsIA SYLPHARIS, sp. n. Primaries dark metallic green; an abbreviated subcostal longi- tudinal streak, a much longer longitudinal submedian streak, an in- terrupted longitudinal internal streak, a basicostal litura, several costal spots, a large oblique subapical spot, and a congregation of dots upon the disk towards the external angle silvery white; a spot above the end of the cell, and a second at external angle, bright golden; secondaries hyaline whitish, the veins brown; the borders brownish grey, diffused internally ; discoidal cell and area beyond it greenish iridescent ; thorax metallic green, spotted with white; body bronzy, greenish towards its anal extremity, white at the sides, primaries below shining brown, secondaries hyaline, with the veins and borders brown; pectus brown, spotted with white, anterior coxze golden ; venter bronzy green, with a central series of large white spots ; expanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines. One example, Albemarle Island, June 23, 1875. This and the preceding species, although sent in spirit, are in very fair condition. There are also in Commander Cookson’s collection two larvee of a Sphinz moth, two of a Geometer, and a pupa of (apparently) a Pyralide, from Charles Island. ORTHOPTERA. 1. PANCHLORA SURINAMENSIS. Blatta surinamensis, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 687. Charles Island (2 adult, 2 immature). 2. PERIPLANETA AMERICANA. Blatta americana, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. il. p. 687. Charles Island (2 adult examples). 3. AGRECIA COOKSONII, 0. sp. Q. Above piceous or black, mottled with testaceous ; head almost uniformly black ; frons castaneous, testaceous at the sides; man- dibles black, castaneous at the base ; under surface of the body testa- ceous ; oviduct testaceous, its outer half blackish along the margins. Head dull, nearly smooth, rather broader than the prothorax, an obtuse prominence between the antennz ; antennze about twice the length of the body ; eyes very prominent ; frons shining, punctured in the middle ; mandibles deeply grooved externally ; thorax rugose, with lateral carina ; wings undeveloped ; abdomen obovate, dorsally 88 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [Feb. 6, carinate, terminal appendages above short, curved, subpyriform ; oviduct much compressed, very acute, curved upwards, not so long as the abdomen; anterior coxze with a short anterior external fusi- form spine; anterior femora with three increasing denticles towards the distal extremity of their infero-interior margin ; tibice with seven pairs of short acute spines along their inferior margins ; middle coxee without spine; posterior femora with four denticles ; posterior tibize with ten pairs of short acute spines. Length of the body 11 to 20 lines, oviduct 5 to 7 lines. Three examples, Charles Island; two examples, Albemarle Island, June 23rd. The type is from Charles Island ; it is the largest and most nearly adult example sent ; the smaller examples are much paler. 4. ACRIDIUM MELANOCERUM. Acridium melanocerum, Stil, Eug. Resa, p. 326. Five examples, Charles Island ; three examples, Albemarle Island. 5. ACRIDIUM LITEROSUM. Acridium literosum, Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. iv. p. 620. Two examples (one immature), Charles Island. 6. Vares? sp. (larval form). Two examples, Charles Island. HeEMIPTERA. 1. Sc1ocoRIs GALAPAGOENSIS, 0. sp. Olive-brown, depressed, densely punctured; head rounded and slightly narrowed in front, slightly notched in the middle of its an- terior margin, angulated in front of the eyes, rounded behind, about as long as the thorax ; thorax deeply excavated in front, depressed at the sides; scutellum longer than the head and thorax together, linguiform ; corium of hemelytra extending beyond the end of the scutellum, the pellucid area being consequently extremely small ; abdomen reddish brown, clouded with blackish ; legs rather slender, testaceous, all the femora with a black internal spot: length 4 lines. One imago, Charles Island (W”. #. Cookson). There is also what I believe to be an immature form of this species ; but it is too little developed for accurate determination. 2. ANASA OBSCURA. Anasa obscura, Dallas, Cat. Hemipt. p. 505. Three examples, Galapagos Islands (Darwin). The particular island is not specified. 3. Nysrus MARGINALIS. Nysius marginalis, Dallas, Cat. Hemipt. p. 556. Charles and James Islands (Darwin). 1877. | COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 89 This appears to be a common species. It is described by Stal (Eug. Resa, p. 252) as Cymus galapagensis ; but the form of the head, with its extremely prominent eyes, seems to agree far better with Nysius. 4, Miris Linear, n. sp. Form and size of M. ruficornis ; pale flesh-colour or pinky white ; femora of legs testaceous ; head oblong, subconical, abruptly conical in front, about two thirds the length of the thorax ; the latter widen- ing hindwards ; scutellum cordiform, nearly as long as the head; a central longitudinal well-defined carina from the front of the head to the apex of the scutellum, bordered on each side by a grey line, a grey streak also running from the back of the eyes to the hinder margin of the thorax ; abdomen rose-colour, with a central longitu- dinal carmine line which extends to the anal extremity, and with a lateral similar line which terminates at the antipenultimate segment : hemelytra longer than the abdomen, longitudinally plicate ; base of antenn, and tibize of legs, hairy : length 54 millimetres. Two examples, Charles Island (Darwin). Mr. Darwin obtained three examples of the larval condition of what is apparently an allied species from James Island. 5. CAPsus SPOLIATus. Capsus spoliatus, Walker, Cat. Hemipt. Heteropt. vi. p- 112. n. 254, Charles and James Islands (C. Darwin). 6. Capsus nIGRITULUS. Capsus nigritulus, Walker, Cat. Hemipt. Heteropt. vi. p. 112. n. 255. Charles Island (0. Darwin). Walker’s type is quite black, but apparently not naturally so; two other examples recently obtained, but also collected by Mr. Darwin, are tawny, with bright castaneous spots on the outer margins of the hemelytra, 7. CAPSUS QUADRINOTATUS. - Capsus quadrinotatus, Walker, Cat. Hemipt. Heteropt. vi. p. 113. n. 256. Charles and James Islands (C. Darwin). Evidently a common species. 8. Capsus parwinI, n. sp. Head conical, broader than long; thorax trapezoidal, convex, nearly twice as wide behind as it is long ; scutellum rectangularly triangular, slightly longer than the thorax ; hemelytra considerably longer than the abdomen; antenne about the length of the entire body. Colour testaceous, antennee blackish towards the tips ; head, thorax, and corium of hemelytra above, and the sides of pectus below, longitudinally streaked with parallel black lines; membrane with two black spots on the costa, the first at the apex of the corium, and y 90 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL (Feb. 6, the other halfway between the latter and the apex of the membrane : length of body 22 millimetres, of entire insect with the wings closed 4 millimetres. Three specimens, Charles Island (C. Darwin). A very pretty and well-marked species. 9. MoNANTHIA CYTHARINA, 0. Sp. Fifiform, general aspect and coloration of M. debilitata. Head pyramidal, white, the central area longitudinally subcylin- drical, with a central carina, reticulated with brown ; thorax much wider than long, with compressed angular lateral wings, subsinuate in front, centre of anterior margin deeply excavated, three well-defined longitudinal keels, the central one straight, the two lateral ones con- cave ; brown, with white borders and keels, the whole surface reticu- lated with darker brown; scutellum cordiform, brown, with darker reticulations, a central longitudinal white keel; basal half of hem- elytra broad and externally strongly convex; apical area narrower and less convex ; each hemelytron with a longitudinal fusiform area enclosed by a keeled margin, from the base to the middle; central area brown, with the keels and a central 4-shaped marking white ; costal borders white, with a quadrate spot near the base and several at apex dark brown; the whole surface reticulated with dark brown ; legs and antenne testaceous: length 3 millimetres. One specimen, James Island (C. Darwin). HemirpTeRA Homoptera. 1. Issus VARIUS. Issus varius, Walker, Cat. Homopt. ii. p. 372. James and Charles Islands (C. Darwin). 2. Issus ROSTRIFER, N. Sp. Head conical, rostriform when viewed laterally, leaf-like above, with a marginal and a central longitudinal ridge ; pronotum considerably wider than long, convex in front, concave behind, with a prominent tubercle behind the antero-interior angle of each eye; meso- and metanotum narrow, irregular, with a central longitudinal carina ; seu- tellum triangular with sinuated sides, and narrow marginal ridge ; abdomen laterally compressed, somewhat depressed at base, so that the scutellum, seen laterally, forms with the metanotum a projecting tubercle ; tegmina semicircular, reticulated ; colour testaceous, head above brightest in tint: length 3 millimetres. Charles Island (C. Darwin). 3. DELPHAX SUBSTITUA. Delphax substitua, Walker, Cat. Homopt. ii. p. 354. n. 21. Charles and James Islands (C. Darwin.) 4, DeLPHAX VICARIA. Delphax viearia, Walker, Cat. Homopt. ii. p. 355. n. 23. Charles and James Islands (C. Darwin). 1877. ] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 91 5. DrLPHAX SIMULANS. Delphaz simulans, Walker, Cat. Homopt. ii. p. 355, n. 24. Charles and James Islands (C. Darwin). 6. DELTOCEPHALUS OBLIQUUS. Acocephalus obliquus, Walker, Cat. Homopt. iii. p. 851. n. 23. 7. JASSUS PLANUS, N. sp. Above sordid testaceous ; pronotum in front, and head, ochraceous, the latter with a greyish spot in the centre of the ocelli; tegmina pale testaceous, hyaline; pectus and venter pale testaceous ; rostrum and legs sandy yellow ; eyes brown; ocelli black: head very broad, exceedingly short from the vertex hindwards, convex in front, con- cave behind ; thorax convex in front, the sides converging, subsinuate, and ending in a truncate slightly convex line behind; scutellum triangular, all the sides slightly sinuate; tegmina extending conside- rably beyond the abdomen, rather narrow, distinctly convex in front ; rostrum extending to the second pair of coxe, broad and angulated at base, its basal article centrally tumid ; hind tibiee with about seven external strong spines: length of body 3 millimetres, including the tegmina 43 millimetres. One example from Charles Island (C. Darwin). 8. JASSUS LUCIDUS, Nn. sp. Shining mustard-yellow; tegmina whitish, transparent ; wings white; head broad, exceedingly short from the vertex hindwards, convex in front, concave behind ; thorax transverse, much broader than long, very convex in front, less so behind ; scutellum triangular ; tegmina extending considerably beyond the body, rather narrow, slightly convex in front; rostrum nearly as in preceding species, but narrow at base ; hind tibize densely spined: length of body about 22 millimetres, including the tegmina about 33. One example, James Island (C. Darwin). The specimen being somewhat damaged, I have been unable to take absolutely definite measurements. 9. JASSUS STRIOLARIS, 0. sp. Head testaceous, above with a central and lateral longitudinal line and a spot on each side between them, black; frons with a central line and the ocelli black ; thorax black, with two central dots in front, and two U-shaped markings on the posterior half, testaceous ; scutellum testaceous ; tegmina black, with longitudinal testaceous veinings ; body below black; legs testaceous: structure as in I. planus: length of body 3 millimetres, including the tegmina 43 millimetres. Charles Island (C. Darwin). XI. Ecurnopermata. By Epear Sirs. I. Ecuint. ]. Ciparis THOvVARSH, Val. 2. TOXOPNEUSTES SEMITUBERCULATUS, Val. 92 ON THE COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘PETEREL. [Feb. 6, II. AsTeriip&. 3. HELIASTER MICROBRACHIA, Xantus. Ill. Oruiurz. 4, OPHIOTHRIX SPICULATA, Leconte. 5. OpHIONEREIS ALBOMACULATA, Sp. nov. (Plate XI. figs. 1-5.) Disk somewhat pentagonal, finely scaled, the scales in the region of the radial shields larger than elsewhere ; radial shields very small, narrow, pointed within, not far apart, the inner sides nearly straight, outer curved, white with the outer tips blackish; oral shields shaped like a short spear-head, the point being obtuse, and towards the mouth and the handle broad and short, the madreporic shield a little larger and of a somewhat different form ; side oral shields irregularly triangular, small, situated on the sides of the orals, the outer angle touching the first very small ventral arm-plate, the lower end not nearly reaching to the apex of the oral shield; mouth- papillee 6-8 on each mouth-angle, subequal, the outermost one gene- rally the largest ; arms about six times as long as the width of the disk, broadest about an inch from it, and towards it gradually attenu- ating ; upper plates irregularly quadrangular, the sides converging outwardly ; the outer edge is consequently narrower than the inner, and straight ; the supplementary plates on each side about half as large as the central ones ; lower arm-plates square, with the angles rounded; 4 spines on about the first twelve side arm-plates, 3 on the rest ; the lowest is a little the smallest, the central one the largest (2 millims. in length), the uppermost broad, compressed and truncate at the apex ; the single tentacle-scale is large and subcireular. The colour of the disk (in alcohol) dark olive, almost black, varied with white near the radial shields; arms above of the same dark tint as the disk, with white spots at intervals of a few segments, and towards the end of the arms the plates on each side of those which are white or which are white-spotted are almost black ; lower arm-plates pur- plish brown, tentacle-scales a little paler; arm-spines dark olive with pale lips. Diam. of disk 13 mill.; width of the first dorsal arm-plates inclu- ding the supplementary ones 2 millims., of the fifteenth 3 millims. Hab. Charles Island. This species is remarkable in having the middle portion of the rays considerably broader than the base; the first lower arm-plate is very small, being only about one fourth the size of the next and situated between the side mouth-shields. The white spots on the upper sur- face of the arms are generally on the outer edges; but towards the end of the arms they meet, thus forming transverse white bands ; and on each side of them the adjoining plates are much darker than the roots of the arms, in fact almost black, thus giving a very striking variegated aspect to them. 1877.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON NEW BIRDS FROM BORNEO. 93 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prats XT, Figs. 1-5. Ophionereis albomaculata, p. 92. Fig. onto . Rhizochilus parvus, p. 70. . Trochus (Omphalius) cooksoni, p. 71. . Succinea bettit, p. 72. Puate XII. Leptodius cooksoni 3, nat. size, p. 73. . Front, antennal, and orbital region, and buccal cavity, showing ab- sence of palatal ridge, enlarged. . Hand of male; enlarged, twice nat. size. . Abdomen of male; enlarged. . Abdomen of female; enlarged. Cubaris galapagoénsis; enlarged, three times nat. size, p. 76. . Lateral view in outline. . Front of head showing antennz ; enlarged, six times nat. size. . Terminal segment, do. Puate XIII. Gasteracantha insulana, Thorell, nat. size, p. 76, . Profile of the same. . Caput, with eyes, showing their position. . Single falx, showing arrangement of teeth. Epeira cooksonii, Butler, nat. size, p. 70. . Profile of the same. . Caput, with eyes. . Single falx. Theridion carolinum, Butler ; enlarged, twice nat. size: p. 75. . Profile of the same. . Caput, with eyes. Thomisoides utriformis, Butler, nat. size, p. 77. . Single falx of the same. rebrofile. . Caput, with eyes. Latrodectus apicalis, Butler, profile, nat. size: p. 75. . Single falx of the same, showing the want of teeth. . Caput, with eyes. 7. Description of a New Species of Lobiophasis and a New Species of Pitta from the Lawas River, N.W. Borneo. By R. Bowpter Suarpe, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Senior Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum. [Received February 6, 1877.] When my friend Mr. Ussher was appointed Governor of Labuan, the first thing that I naturally asked him, was to try and get addi- tional specimens of the Lobiophasis bulweri. I have received several letters from him, announcing the successive failures of his attempts to obtain more examples of this bird; but at last I heard from him that, although the collector whom he had sent to the Lawas river had not met with the longed for Pheasant, he had procured a pair of an apparently new species, which I might expect to see before long. 94 MR. R.B.SHARPE ON NEW BIRDS FROM BORNEO. [Feb. 6, On the arrival of the specimens, I perceived at once several indica- tions of the novelty of the Pheasant; and on showing them to Dr. Sclater and Mr. Gould, they agree with me that we have in these birds a second species of the genus Lobiophasis, which I propose to call LoOBIOPHASIS CASTANEICAUDATUS, sp. n. 3. L. similis L. bulweri sed paullo major, pileo plumifero et cauda castanea distinguendus: long. tot. 22, culm.1°6, ale 11:0, caude 7°5, tarsi 3°35. 2. Ochracescenti-brunnea, plumis omnibus nigro vermiculatim undulatis : pileo vix cristato: collo undique pallide ochraces- centi-fulvo, concolori: gula pallide fulva: corpore reliquo subtus rufescenti-ochraceo, obscure fusco vermiculato, abdomine imo cinerascenti lavato: remigibus nigro et ochraceo extus distincte vermiculatis, secundariis rufescentibus, minutius undulatis: eauda saturate castanea, obscure nigro vermiculata: long. tot. 20, culm. 1:6, ale 9°85, caude 7:6, tarsi 2°6. Hab. Borneo, in ripis fluminis “ Lawas”’ dicti. The chestnut tail of this bird, which is evidently quite adult, seems to suggest the impossibility of its being the same as L. bulweri; and it is to be noted that the Malay hunter who procured both the original specimen of Bulwer’s Pheasant and the present species did not imagine that the two birds could be the same. I must con- fess that the smaller size of the wattles and the plumed head induced me to consider this new bird as being probably ZL. bulweri in an intermediate stage, perhaps in the second year. No such difference, however, in the plumage of any Pheasant is known as yet; and after consulting with the eminent authorities above mentioned, I have ventured to describe it as distinct. Along with this Pheasant Governor Ussher sent a Pitta, which is undoubtedly new to science, and which I designate as PITTA USSHERI, Sp. Nn. P. similis P. venustee sed colore nigro purpureo lavato, pileo, facie laterali et gutture nigris distinguendus : pectore summo nigro purpureo lavato: long. tot. 6°8, culm. 0°85, wing 3°54, tail 1°3, tarsus 1°6. Hab. Lawas river, N.W. Borneo. The differences between P. ussheri and P. venusta consist in the much richer coloration of the former. Thus, where P. venusta is brown with a reddish gloss, P. ussheri is black with a purple lustre; the top of the head, sides of face, and throat are entirely black. In P. venusta the edges to the wing-coverts are cobalt, but are not very distinct, whereas in P. usshert they are extremely broad and very brilliant, while the secondaries are also shaded with blue. 1877.] MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE VOYAGE OF CAPT. HUNTER. 95 February 20, 1877. Professor Flower, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. A communication was read from Professor Owen, C.B., F.R.S., containing an account of the additional evidence recently obtained as to the occurrence of extinct gigantic birds of the unwinged group allied to Dromornis in Australia. The specimens upon which Prof, Owen’s remarks were based consisted of a pelvis obtained by Mr. W. B. Clarke from what is termed locally the ‘‘ Canadian lead,’’ at a depth of from 150 to 200 feet, in the county of Phillip, New South Wales, and of a mutilated left tibia, stated to have been found in a cave in Mount Gambier, South Australia. This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ Mr. Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., exhibited a volume of original draw- ings taken by Mr. George Raper during the voyage of Capt. Hunter to Australia in 1788-92, and made the following remarks :— “Though the north-eastern side of New Ireland was discovered as early as 1616 by Le Maire and Schouten’, and the passage be- tween New Britain and New Guinea by Dampier in 1700, it was not until September 1767 that the channel between New Britain and New Ireland was discovered by Carteret*, and named by him St. George’s Channel. “From him and from Dampier most of the salient geographical features of the immediate district received names, including the Duke- of-York Island, which lies in St. George’s Channel. Carteret, how- ever, though he seems to have carefully examined the southern end of New Ireland, did not attempt to land on Duke-of-York Island, but passed to the eastward of it. Captain John Hunter, when in command of the transport ‘ Waaksambeyd,’ one of the ships which conveyed the first convicts to Botany Bay and Norfolk Island under Governor Phillip, appears to have been the first person actually to visit this island, and in his ‘ Historical Journal,’ chap. ix.*, gives a full account of the doings of himself and his ship’s company there, as well as a description of the vegetation and scenery of it and the adjoining islands. “With reference to this voyage I now exhibit some water-colour sketches which have recently come into Mr. Godman’s and my possession, and which were made by one George Raper, who was evi- dently in the ship with Capt. Hunter. In them are depicted scenes connected with the voyage of the ‘Sirius’ and ‘Supply,’ the two vessels which conveyed the first convicts to Australia; and with them are views of Port Jackson, Norfolk Island (then covered with pines), ' ‘Directions for the Pacific Ocean,’ by A. G. Findlay, part ii. * Hawkesworth’s ‘ Voyages,’ i. p. 595. % ‘Historical Journal of the ‘Transactions at Port Jackson and Norfolk Island, with the discoveries which have been made in New South Wales and in the Southern Ocean since the publication of Phillip’s Voyage,’ &c, 4to: London! 1793. 96 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 20, and other places, as well as several objects of natural history, inclu- ding the white Gallinule (Fulica alba) of Lord Howe’s Island. One of these drawings represents ‘‘ Port Hunter,’’? Duke-of-York Island, and, no doubt, gives a fair idea of the island as it then existed. “Several of the French expeditions visited these islands. De Bougainville’ in 1768, the year after Carteret’s discoveries, spent some days at the southern end of New Ireland, and named the small cove at the eastern end of Gowan’s Harbour ‘ Port Praslin.’ This spot was afterwards visited by Duperrey in the ‘Coquille’ in 1823; and here the only entomological collections which have hitherto reached Europe from this island were made. These were described in the Zoology of the Voyage of the ‘ Coquille’ by Guérin-Méneville ; and several of the butterflies are figured in the atlas of that work. “The different explorers who have visited these islands seem to have been variously impressed with them, according, perhaps, to the season of the year when they were there. All, however, extol the richness of the verdure, the extent of the forests, as well as the grandeur of the scenery of both New Britain and New Ireland; but the climate is very humid, and the rainfall at times excessive.” The following papers were read :— 1. On the Birds collected by Mr. George Brown, C.M.Z.S., on Duke-of-York Island, and on the adjoining parts of New Ireland and New Britain. By P. L. Scuarsr, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. [Received February 19, 1877.] (Plates XIV.—XVI.) I am now in a position to give the Society a better account of the collection of Birds made by our Corresponding Member, Mr. George Brown, in Duke-of-York Island and on the adjacent portions of New Ireland and New Britain, which I exhibited at our second meeting in January last®. Before, however, I do this, I will make a few preliminary remarks, to serve as an introduction to this and the papers to follow, which some of my friends have been kind enough to prepare, on other branches of Mr. Brown’s collections. For my first introduction to Mr. Brown, I am indebted to Dr. F. Miller, the well-known botanist, of Melbourné, who wrote to me in 1874 pointing out Mr. Brown’s enthusiastic love for natural history, and recommending his election as a Corresponding Member of the Society. Mr. Brown was at that time attached to the Wesleyan Mission in the Samoan group, but shortly afterwards returned to Sydney, and was sent out as the leader of a new Wesleyan Mission at Port Hunter, Duke-of-York Island. Mr. Brown left Sydney in 1 © Voyage round the World,’ by Lewis de Bougainville, translated by John Reinhold Forster. 4to0: London, 1773. » See above, p. 28. J Smit del & lith . M&N Hanhart imp Fig \.MONARCHA VERTICALIS 2.DICG2UM EXIMIUM. Sumit ith 4 5 ARTAMUS INSIGNIS M&N Hanhart ump way foe ee Bias a 4 i eure WYNNVHO NWIO0THd UAtT FAG =f 1877.] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. SF April 1875 in the ‘ John Wesley,’ and, after a visit to several mis- sion-stations, arrived at Port Hunter in the August following. Here he at once proceeded to collect living specimens for the Society, and in September 1875 wrote to me announcing the dispatch to Sydney! of a number of birds, of which, I regret to say, only the Cassowaries eventually reached us alive’. In replying to Mr. Brown, I took the opportunity of pointing out to him the very interesting nature of the locality in which he was resident, and of assuring him that I would do my best to see that any zoological specimens that he might be able to collect there were properly worked out, and that due credit was given to him. Fig. 1. Outline Map of Duke-of-York Island, New Britain, and New Ireland, from the Admiralty Chart, M:. Brown returned to Sydney in October last, bringing with him the collection which we have before us this evening, in making which he had, I believe, the assistance of Mr. Cockerell, a young Australian naturalist and collector. Mr. Brown’s letters, however, do not contain details upon the manner, nor, I regret to say in many cases, upon the exact localities in which his specimens were obtained; but I gather 1 See extract from his letter, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 2. ? See P.Z.S8. 1876, p. 413, where these birds are determined as Casuwarius bennetti. But until these birds are adult this determination must be considered provisional only, Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. VII. 7 95 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [ Feb. 20, from his correspondence, and from notices in several newspapers and journals’, that Mr. Brown’s head quarters during the year which he passed in this district were Port Hunter, Duke-of-York Island, where is the Wesleyan Church and Mission, and that frequent ex- cursions were made thence to the adjoining large islands of New Bri- tain and New Ireland. Writing on February 4th, 1876, he speaks of having been seven times over to New Ireland in three months, and of there being missionary stations at Nodup and Matupiin New Britain, both occupied by native teachers. It may be assumed, there- fore, that Mr. Brown’s collections were formed on those parts of the islands of New Britain and New Ireland which are nearest to Duke-of- York Island’, as shown in the accompanying outline chart (p. 97). The collection of birds which Mr. Brown has transmitted to me for determination consists of 89 skins, belonging to 70 species, of which 10 appear to be new to science, as shown in the subjoined Table. P 6) ees New to Skins. Species. ai | I Science. UF Pagsenessenccetesvacse sci 25 20 5 TI OaCey Bes ccvesc access - 16 13 1 TEP RELAG 5 <0 coatwcceine eo 10 8 1 WVcr IS ERIP OS) aie seveecseceesees 1 1 1 IVE PA CCIDIURES we. one ace sc 5 4 VI. Herodiones ............ 3 2 WET, Coltimbss o.n..cs.ccs0000 20 13 2 Wen.» Grallliteise Waens: cisco cass. 1 1 ONS diGamisess.cccccees. se 1 1 BAe linmicaiee! iicssnvesedeyes 5 5 KL, Gia Viseeonpesnarneciesnentec 2 2 89 70 10 The following is a detailed account of them *:— 1. Crsticota RuricEps, Gould, B. Austr. iii. pl. 45 (7). Apparently a worn specimen of this species, which Mr. Sharpe 1 See Wesleyan Missionary Notices for Feb. 1876, p. 28, and Jan. 1877, p. 17. 2 Since this paper was read I find that Mr. Brown has sent a communication to the Royal Geographical Society on his expedition to Duke-of-York Island. It appears from this memoir (which, through Mr. Bates’s kindness, I have had the opportunity of reading in MS.) that Duke-of-York Island is not, as is marked on the chart, one island, but a group of twelve islands, of which seven are in- habited. Mr. Brown states that he examined about 130 miles of the coast of New Treland, from Cape Bougainville northward, and crossed the island from west to east, at a point N.N.E. of Duke-of-York Island. On New Britain Mr. Brown examined the coast from Cape Orford and Spacious Bay to Cape Palliser on the west, and thence round Blanche Bay, and as far as Port Weber at the head of a deep bay about 20 miles east of Cape Lambert. The collections sent were therefore, we may presume, all made within these limits.—P. L. 8S. 3 Prof. Salvadori, to whom I transmitted Mr. Brown’s collection for exami- nation, has most kindly furnished me with some notes on the specimens, of which, at his request, I have not hesitated to make use. 1877. DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 99 tells me occurred also in Mr. Stone’s collection from the south of New Guinea. The exact locality is not given. 2. Pirra mackxotTr, Mill. & Schl. One example, New Britain, Feb. 1876. I was at first inclined to separate this Pitta from P. mackloti, on account of its having a blue line on the crown, as in P. celebensis ; but Prof. Salvadori assures me that “ some specimens from Batanta, Waigiou, and Andai have this mark equally conspicuous.” The occurrence of a Pitta in New Britain is a fact of great interest. 3. SAULOPROCTA MELALEUCA (Quoy et Gaim.). Muscipeta melaleuca, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. i. p. 180, t. 4. f. 3. Sauloprocta melanoleuca, Cab. Mus. Ornith. Hein. p. 57. Sauloprocta melaleuca, Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1869, p. 119. Sauloprocta tricolor, Salvad. et D’Alb. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p: 23. The locality of Mr. Brown’s specimen is not marked; but the species was first obtained in New Ireland. It is also found in the Solomon Islands and New Guinea. Whether MMauscipeta tri- color, Vieillot, ex Timor (Maugé), is identical must remain uncertain until specimens from that island have been compared. Wallace dees not include the species in his Birds of Timor (P.Z.S. 1863, p. 485). 4, RHIPIDURA SETOSA. Muscipeta setosa, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. i. p. 181, t.4. f. 4 (1830). Rhipidura setosa, G. R. Gray, Gen. B. i. p. 259, et Cat. B. Trop. Isl. p. 17. Rhipidura gularis, Miller et Schl. Verh. Ethn. p. 185 (1839= 44). One skin of this species, being from Duke-of-York Island, is, no doubt, the true R. setosa, originally described from New Ireland ; but I suspect it is also scarcely different from R. gularis of New Guinea, and that these two species will have ultimately to be united. Cf. Meyer, Sitz. Ak. Wien, Ixix. p. 503. 5. MonaARCHA VERTICALIS, sp. nov. (Piate XIV. fig. 1.) Super ater: uropygio, primariorum tectricibus mediis et secunda- riorum omnibus albis: frontis, faciet, regionis ocularis, et gutturis totius plumis nigris, exstantibus, quasi squamosis, fascia verticali alba ex similibus plumis composita: abdomine et subalaribus albis : rostro et pedibus nigris: rictu setis rigidis munito: long. tota 6:0, ale 3°3, caude 211. Hab. Duke-of-York Island (Oct. 1875). Obs. Sp. Monarche loricate, Wall. (P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 29, pl. vi.), 7% 100 MR. P. 1. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 20, affinis, sed cauda nigra, uropygio et macula verticali albis digno- scenda. ; 6. MonarcHA CHRYSOMELAS. Muscicapa chrysomela, Garn. Voy. de la Coq. Zool. i. p. 594, Atl. t. 18. f. 2. Monarcha chrysomela, Sw. Class. B. ii. p. 257. Monarcha cordensis, Cab. et Reich. Journ. f. Orn. 1876, p. 320 (7). The locality for this species given in the text of the ‘ Voyage of the Coquille’ is New Zealand ; that given on the plate is New Ireland, which is, no doubt, correct. The New-Guinea bird commonly assigned to this species is con- spicuously different, having the greater part of the back black. I propose to call it Monarcha melanonotus'. Qn the other hand, the form from Kordo, which Meyer has recently named M. kordensis (Sitz. Ak. Wien, lxix. p. 252), comes near the typical M. chrysome- las, but has the black colour rather wider on the back, and extend- ing further down on the throat. In M. kordensis also, the black colour narrowly surrounds the eye, which is not the case in DL. chry- somelas. M. chrysomelas is sometimes referred to the genus Arses of Lesson; but the first species in Lesson’s list (Traité d’Orn. p. 387), which I suppose must be regarded as the type, is Arses telescophthalma, which certainly belongs to a different form. I may also remark that Arses kaupi of Australia being little more than a representative form of d. telescophthalma, the institution of a separate genus (Ophry- zone) for the former, as has been proposed by Mr. Ramsay (P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 383), is unnecessary, and that Ophryzone= drses. 7. MoNARCHA ALECTO. Drymophila alecto, Temm. PI. Col. 430. fig. 1 (¢). Monarcha alecto, Meyer, Sitz. Ak. Wien, lxix. p. 504. Muscicapa chalybeocephalus, Garn. Voy. de la Coq. Zool. i.p. 589, Atl t lash 2? ). Monarcha chalybeocephalus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genova, vii. p. 768. Piezorhynchus nitidus, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pl. 88. New Ireland is the original locality of Garnot’s Muscicapa chaly- beocephalus ; and Mr. Brown sends us a pair of birds from Duke-of- York Island, collected in October 1875, the female of which quite agrees with Garnot’s figure and description. 5 I have compared them with a series of Piezorhynchus nitidus from Cape York, collected by Mr. Cockerell, and now in Mr. Godman’s collection, and can find no tangible differences. I have also examined skins of the same bird from New Guinea, and am quite inclined to agree with Dr. Salvadori’s views (/. s. ¢.) as to its range and synonyms. Dr. Meyer seems to have arrived at 1 The form from Aru, M. aruensis, Salvy. (Ann. Mus, Civ. Genoa, vi. p. 309), appears to haye the back as black as the Papuan form. 1877. ] PUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 101 nearly the same results, and I use the name alecto; which he adopts, for the reasons which he gives, 8. ARTAMUs INsIENIS, sp. nov. (Plate XV.) Candidus : capite cum cervice undique, alis et cauda nigerrimis : remigum et rectricum pagina inferiore cineracea ; subalaribus albis: rostro ceruleo, pedibus fuscis: long. tota 7 ‘7, ale 5'8, caude 2°5. Hab. New Ireland (March 1876). O6s. Diversus ab 4. monacho capite alis et cauda nigris. Here is a second instance of a repetition on the further side of New Guinea of a Celebesian type, d. monachus of Celebes being certainly the nearest known ally of this fine new species, I have examined a specimen of 4. melaleucus (Forst.) of New Caledonia in the British Museum, but find it quite distinct, having the upper back black. 4. maximus, Meyer, of New Guinea, is of the same large size as the present bird, but has the whole back black. 9. GRAUCALUS PAPUENSIS (Gm.). T refer a single skin without exact locality to the wide-ranging Graucalus papuensis, as understood by Salvadori (Ann. Mus. Gen. vil. p. 771) and Meyer (Sitz. Ak. Wien, Ixix. p- 505). 10. Epoxiosoma, sp. ine. (2). A single skin, without exact locality, belongs to a female of one of the species of this genus—perhaps H. muelleri, Salvad. (= plum- beum, Miill. nec Wagler). A very nearly similar skin in the British Museum is marked £. schisticeps (G. R. Gray). 11. Lavace xarv. Ceblepyris karu, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. p. 633, Atl. t. xii. Lalage karu, Salvad. Ann: Mus. Gen, ix. p. 28. A male of this species from Duke-of-York Island (Oct. 1875). It was originally established on specimens from New Ireland. 12, Dicranostreptus MEGARHYNCHUS, Edolius megarhynchus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. Astrol. Zool. i. p- 184, Atl. t. 6. Dicrurus megarhynchus, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 119. A skin of this fine species, from New Ireland, which is, I believe, its true patria. Quoy and Gaimard say Havre Dorey, New Guinea; but this is in all probability an error, as subsequent collectors have not obtained it in New Guinea. The specimen in the British Museum is likewise from New Ire- land, obtained in Carteret Harbour by Capt. Lambrick, R.N. 13. Dicrurus L2MO-STICTUS, sp. nov. Nigerrimus : alis caudaque extus eneo nitentibus : capitis, cervicis undique et pectoris antici plumis nitente eneo maculatis, his 102 MR, P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [ Feb. 20, maculis in gutture et in pectore rotundis, distinctis: habitu generali D. carbonarii: long. tota 11°3, ale 6, caude@ rectr. ext. 5°4, med. 4°6. Hab. New Britain (October 1875). This Drongo, of which there is one skin in Mr. Brown’s collection, obtained in New Britain in October 1875, belongs strictly to the same group as D. carbonarius of New Guinea and D. bracteatus of Australia. I should have been rather inclined to refer it to the former species; but as Mr. Sharpe, who has lately been engaged on this difficult family, points out to me, if D. pectoralis' of the Sula Islands is to be considered distinct, then this bird must also be allowed equal rank; for in it the round feather-spots on the breast are quite as large and well-marked as in D. pectoralis, and extend moreover over the throat. This appears to be another case of the recurrence of Celebesian forms to the east of New Guinea. 14. Dicaum EximiuM, sp. nov. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.) Supra saturate eneo-viride, pileo et capitis lateribus brunnescen- tibus : uropygio coccineo: subtus album, fascia pectorali an- gusta coccinea: lateribus et ventre medio fuscescenti-schista- ceis, hypochondriis sicut dorso e@neis: subalaribus albis : rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 3°3, ale 2:0, caude 10. Hab. New-Ireland (March 1876). This Diceum is quite distinct from any species known to me. It is just possible that D. eneum of the ‘ Voyage au Pole Sud’ may be the female of it. 15. NECTARINIA ASPASIA. Cinnyris aspasia, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 676, Atl. t. 30. fig. 4. Three skins (¢, ¢ gr. et 9) of this Sun-bird from Duke-of- York Island. Mr. Shelley, who is now monographing this beautiful group of birds, kindly sends me the subjoined remarks on them:— “It is most interesting to find the true C. aspasia from Duke-of- York Island. Previously this bird was known to be a native of at least two thirds of the northern portion of New Guinea, and to ex- tend westward to the islands of Popo and Mysol. The specimens from Popo island have a slightly more lilac tinge to the throat, but are not sufficiently distinct in my opinion for specific separation. Lesson’s type of C. aspasia came from Havre Dorey ; and specimens received thence agree in every respect with the adult male from Duke-of-York Island, which may be thus described. General plumage blue black; forehead, crown and nape metallic green; least and median series of wing-coverts, the scapulars, the lower half of the back, the upper tail-coverts, and the edges of the tail-feathers metallic green, faintly shaded with steel-blue, in that respect con- trasting with the colour of the crown, which is rather golden than blue-green ; beneath, chin and throat steel-blue, very faintly shaded with lilac. 1 Wallace, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 342. 1877. DUKE OF-YORK-ISLAND, ETC. 103 “ This short description of the plumage is quite sufficient to show that the New-Ireland bird is truly C. aspasia; the rather more golden shade of the crown is certainly too slight to be of any impor- tance. The steel-blue throat is so faintly shaded with lilac that it shows its affinities to be rather with the Dorey type than with the Popo bird. “T shall now give the measurements, that they may be compared with two specimens, one from Dorey, and one from Mysol, in the British Museum. Length. Culmen. Wing. Tail. Tarsus. in. in. in. in. in. New Ireland ...... 4:2 0°65 2°35 7 0°65 WGEEY foe. dive we oe 4:2 0°65 2-4 1°5 0°55 1) C0 Re eee 4:0 0°70 2-4 15 0:60 “The adult female from Duke-of- York Island has the breast bright sulphur-yellow, barely tinted with olive towards the front of the chest, and the under tail-coverts slightly paler. The throat is ashy tinted white. The upper part of the head and back of the neck ash- grey, the back and the edges of the wing-feathers olive-yellow, the black tail with the white tips to some of the outer feathers, are cha- racters agreeing perfectly with the other females I have seen of this species. The paler and brighter underparts are apparently only due to the skin having been less exposed to the blackening influence of the London atmosphere. «The young male, or, perhaps, more properly the male in moult re- sembles the female, excepting that the sides of the throat and a few of the middle feathers are steel-blue, and on the front of the chest there are a few black feathers, the first signs of the coming adult plumage. “In Mr. Godman’s collection there are two specimens of this bird, said to have been obtained at Cape York, Australia. This extension of the range so far south as Australia appeared somewhat improbable for a member of the ‘ Hermotimia’ group, considering how extremely limited is the range of all the other species of this group. “This species, however, was known to be the most widely spread of the ‘ Hermotimia’ group and now that we find that it extends so far eastward as Duke-of-York Island, we have little reason to doubt its extending also southward to Cape York ; and on examination of the two specimens in Mr. Godman’s cabinet, it will.be seen that the Cape-York specimens have the violet shade on the throat, indicative of the western form of this species as found at Popo and Mysol, but agree in the colouring of the crown with the true C. aspasia from Dorey, and not with the type specimen of Hermotimia chlorocephala, Salvadori, from the Aru Islands.” 16. NECTARINIA FRENATA. Nectarinia frenata, Miill. Verh. Zool. p. 61, pl. 8. fig. I. 104 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 20, Nectarinia flavigastra, Gould, P. Z.S. 1843, p. 104 ; Zool. Sulph. p. 43, pl. 24 (9). Nectarinia australis, Gould, B. Austr. Suppl. pl. 45. Mr. Brown sends me from New Ireland an adult male and female of this species. This is very interesting ; for the female of the New- Ireland bird was described and figured by Mr. Gould in 1844, under the title of Nectarinia flavigastra. There can be no doubt, Capt. Shelley tells me, of the identity of the New-Ireland bird with WN. JSrenata, which has the following wide range—Celebes, Moluccas, New Guinea, New Ireland, islands of Torres Straits and North- eastern Australia. This bird will be figured in Capt. Shelley’s ‘Monograph of the Cinnyride,’ part 3. 17. PHILEMON COCKERELLI, Sp. nov. Supra fuscus unicolor, pileo et capitis lateribus paulo obscuriori- bus: subtus dilutior, fusco-cinereus, gutture albicantiore et striis angustis plumarum scapas occupantibus instructo: fronte, loris, oculorum ambitu et mandibula inferiore usque ad aures denudatis: plumis auricularibus dorso concoloribus: rostri tuberculo nullo: rostro obscure corneo, pedibus albicanti-plum- beis: long. tota 13:0, ale 6:0, caude 50, tarsi 1°7. Hab. New Britain (Feb. 1876). Obs. Similis P. moluccensi, sed pileo obscuriore, dorso omnino concolori dignoseendus; a P. fuscicapillo colore corporis inferioris dilutiore diversus. I have already pointed out (P. Z. S. 1869, p. 120) the necessity of using Philemon as the name of this genus, ; 18. CALORNIS NITIDA. Calornis nitida, G. R. Gray, P. Z.S. 1858, p. 181. Lamprotornis metallicus, Garn. Voy. de la Coq. Zool. i. p. 343. Calornis metallica, Scl. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 120. A pair of this species from Duke-of-York Island. The male agrees with Mr. Gray’s type, collected during the voyage of the ‘Sulphur’ in New Ireland. Whether it be really separable from C. metallica, I must leave the monographer to decide. 19, GRACULA KREFFTI. Gracula kreffti, Scl. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 120, pl. ix. Gracula gnathoptila, Cab. et Reich, Journ. f. Orn. 1876, p. 322. My original example of this species having been received in spirit, the yellow colour of the belly was much faded, and the absence of the naked jaw-stripe (which occurs in G. dumonti) was not noted. Both these characters are well developed in the present example from New Ireland; and I have no doubt that the New-Hanover bird, which has been recently termed G. gnathoptila, is of the same species. 20. Corvus, sp. ine. A single skin of a Crow from New Britain, which Mr. Sharpe, 1877.] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 105 now engaged on the genus, is inclined to refer to C. enca', but Prof. Salvadori to a smaller form of C. orru. If the former view be cor- rect, this would be again a reappearance of a Celebesian form. 21. DENDROCHELIDON MYSTACEA. Cypselus mystaceus, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 647, Atl. t. 22. Dendrochelidon mystaceus, Gould, B. Asia, pt. xi. One male specimen, without exact locality. 22. AucEDo Mo.uccensis, Blyth; Sharpe, Kingf. p. 21, pl. 4. Alcedo ispida, var. moluccana, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 343. One skin, without exact locality ; but Lesson obtained the species in New Ireland. 23. Ceyx souirarta, Temm. ; Sharpe, Kingf. p. 115, pl. 38. One skin, without exact locality. 24. Hatcyon ausicitia (Dumont); Sharpe, Kingf. p. 197, pl. 73. One skin, without exact locality. 25. Haucyon cutoris (Bodd.) ; Sharpe, Kingf. p. 229, pl. 87. One skin, without exact locality. 26. Haucyon sanctus, Vig. et Horsf.; Sharpe, Kingf. p. 239 pl. 91. One skin, from Duke-of-York Island, Oct. 1875. 27. TANYSIPTERA NIGRICEPS, sp. Nov. Supra nigra, plaga interscapulari magna et uropygio albis : alis nigris extus ceruleis: caude rectricibus lateralibus nigris ceruleo marginatis, medianis elongatis albis in margine externo limbo ceruleo ornatis, duabus quoque proximis in mar- gine interno albis: subtus omnino cinnamomea unicolor : rostro coccineo ; pedibus fuscis : long. tota 11°5, ale 3°6, caude rectr. med. 6°8, ext. 2°1. Hab. Duke of York Island (Oct. 1875). Obs. Species distinctissima, 7. sylvie proxima, sed pileo nigro in- signis. 28. Merors ornatus, Lath. ; Gould, B. Austr. ii. pl. 16. A young bird of this Bee-eater from Duke-of-York Island. I have also a skin from New Britain, obtained from Mr. Krefft in 1869 along with the birds from the Solomon Islands. 1 Mr. Sharpe writes: “ Your Crow is nearest to C. enca. There are three races of this form :— “1. C. enca: wing 10°8-12°5, tarsus 1-9-2°1. “2. CG. orru: wing 12°5-13°1, tarsus 2°15-2°3. «3. C. violaceus: wing 9°5-9°8, tarsus 1°65-1°75. “Your bird measures 11°45, tarsus 1:9. It indicates a Celebesian affinity again.” 106 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 20, 29. Eurystromus cCRASsIRosTRIS, Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1869, p. 121. One skin, agreeing with the type from the Solomon Islands, is marked female, but has no exact locality indicated. 30. CENTROPUS ATERALBUS. Centropus ateralbus, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 620, Atl. t. 34 ; Scl. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 122. A skin of this Coucal is labelled ‘‘ New Britain and New Ireland,”’ the collector having, I suppose, found it in both these islands. It has the whole head white, except a few frontal feathers, and a white patch on each flank. But I am not disposed to regard the differences from Lesson’s figure as more than individual. 31. CENTROPUS VIOLACEUS. Centropus violaceus, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. Zool. i. p. 229, t. 19. One skin of this fine species, from New Britain, marked “ male.” Quoy and Gaimard obtained it in New Ireland. The total length of the present specimen is about 25:0 in., wing 9°5, tail 14°0. The bill is black, the feet apparently whitish or pale yellow. Dr. Meyer’s Nesocentor violaceus’, from Mysore, has been recently separated by Salvadori as N. chalybeus (Aun. Mus. Gen. vii. p. 915). 32. CACOMANTIS INSPERATUS. Cuculus insperatus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 19, et B. Austr, iv. esas i Cuculus assimilis, Gray, P. Z.S. 1858, p. 184 (2). Cacomantis insperatus, Gould, Hand-b. B. Austr. i. p. 619. Cuculus dumetorum, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 19 (2). One example from Duke-of-York Island, one from New Britain, and a third with locality not marked. These skins seem to agree sufficiently with Gould’s figure. I have compared them with three Australian skins in the collection of Mr. Godman, obtained from Cockerell; and I consider them refer- able to the same species. Two of Mr. Godman’s skins are marked «« O, dumetorum,” and a third (younger) bird “ C. insperatus.” 33, EupDYNAMIS PICATUS. Cuculus rufiventer, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 622. Eudynamis rufiventer, Walden, Ibis, 1869, p. 344. Eudynamis picatus, Mull. Verh. Ethn. p. 176; Cab. et Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 55. A pair of the Black Ludynamis, which must, I suppose, be referred to this form of H. orientalis. They measure :— ¢,, total length 17 inches, wing 8:1, tail8°8 ; 2, total length 15:5 inches, wing 8, tail 8, The ewact locality is not given. 34. EcLecrus poLycHiLoRus (Scop.). From Duke-of-York Island Mr. Brown sends two skins ef what, 1 Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, pt. i. p. 16 (1875). 1877.] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 107 according to recent discoveries’, must, I suppose, be regarded as a pair of this species. But it is only right to saye that Mr. Brown does not share in the view that Z. linnei is the female of Z. poly- chlorus. He writes :—‘‘ By the by, I hear that many naturalists maintain that the Green Parrot (see specimens) is the adult male, and the red one the female or young bird of the same species. This is a gross error. Our attention was directed to this, and I am quite sure that they are two different birds. We shot the green ones, both male and female.”’ 35. GEOFFROIUS CYANICEPS. Piones heteroclitus 39, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au P. S. Atl. t. 25 bis, fig. 2. Pionus cyaniceps, Puch. ibid. Zool. iii. p. 105. Geoffroius heteroclitus, Scl. P. Z.S. 1869, p. 122. _Askin from New Britain (Feb. 1876) agrees sufficiently with the two specimens from the Solomon Islands which I have referred to the female of this species on Dr. Finsch’s authority. But I am now rather of opinion that Dr. Pucheran was probably correct in con- sidering the so-called female of Hombron and Jacquinot a distinct species. Ny specimens have no yellow at all on the cheeks; but the whole head is pale brown, with a cyaneous tinge. 36. LoricuLUS TENER, sp. nov. Fem. Clare viridis fere unicolor, uropygio et caude tectricibus superioribus flavicantibus : macula gutturali rubra: remigibus et rectricibus nigris, extus dorso concoloribus, in pagina inferiore lete ceruleis: rectricum ipsis apicibus flavicantibus: rostro nigro : pedibus fuscis : long. tot. 3°8, ale 2°7, caud@ 1:2. Hab. Duke-of-York Island (Noy. 1875). Unfortunately there is only a single example of this diminutive Loriculus in the collection. It would seem ‘to be nearest to L. aurantiifrons of Schlegel (Ned. Tijdschr. iv. p. 9), but has not the red rump, which, so far as I can tell from Schlegel’s description, is present in both sexes of that species’. Salvadori (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 912) and Meyer (Sitzungsb. Isis, 1875, p. 78) both record the occurrence of L. aurantiifrons in New Guinea, it having been originally described from Mysol. It is the only species of the genus yet known to be found there. 37. CACATUA OPHTHALMICA. Cacatua ducorpsi, Scl. P. Z. S. 1862, p. 141, pl. xiv. (err.). Cacatua ophthalmica, Scl. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 188. Plictolophus ophthalmicus, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 282. 1 Cf. Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Genova, vii. p. 756. 2 P.S. (March 26th).—Dr. Salvadori has now most kindly lent me a female of L. aurantiifrons from Andai, New Guinea, for comparison. It has the rump and upper tail-coverts scarlet instead of yellow, and is not generally of so bright a green as my bird, which is otherwise very similar in size and colour.—P, L. §. 108 MR, P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 20, A single skin of this Cockatoo has no exact locality affixed to it. It measures—whole length 17°5 inches, wing 11°5, tail 6°8. 38. NASITERNA PUSIO. Nasiterna pusio, Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 620, pl. xxxv. The single skin of this species agrees well with the typical speci- men, which I presented to the British Museum after describing it. The exact locality is not marked. 39. Lorius HYP@NOCHROUS. _Lorius hypoinochrous, Gray, List of Psitt. p. 49 (1859). Lorius hypenochrous, Scl. P. Z.S. 1869, p. 123, et 1876, p. 460. One skin, marked ‘‘ New Britain and New Ireland,”’ meaning, I suppose, that it occurs in both localities. 40. TRICHOGLOSSUS MASSEN#, Bp. Dr. Cabanis (Journ. f. Orn. 1876, p. 324) has lately separated an allied. species from New Hanover as 7. flavicans; but Mr. Brown’s single skin appears to me to belong to the true 7. massene. Its exact locality is not stated. 41, TRICHOGLOSSUS SUBPLACENS, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 519. Psitteuteles subplacens, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 10. From Duke-of-York Island we have a pair of this recently described species. The female corresponds exactly with the same sex in 7’. placens, but, like the male, has the rump entirely green, like the back. D’Albertis procured only a single male of this Parrot in S.E. New Guinea, opposite Yule Island. 42. Ninox ODIOSA, sp. nov. Supra murino-brunnea, plumis capitis et cervicis usque ad dorsum medium albo guttatis : superciliis in fronte conjunctis albis : alis extus maculis rotundis albis in plumarum marginibus externis ornatis ; remigibus intus ad basin albis: subtus albus, pectore dorso concolori, albo guttato et transfasciato, ventre et hypo- chondriis striis paucis fuscis ornato: rostro flavo, pedibus Suscis : tarsis totis plumosis, digitis setosis : long. tota corp. 7-0, dle 5°8. Hab. New Britain (Feb. 1876). There is but one specimen of this Owl in the collection ; and that is, unfortunately, imperfect, the tail being absent, and the wings having been partly cut. There is, however, sufficient evidence that it belongs to a species of Minox, not hitherto recognized, allied to NV. punctulata’ of Celebes, but distinguished by the larger and more distinct spots above, and the flammulated belly. 43. PANDION HALIAETUS. A skin of this universally distributed species. 1 Noctua punctulata, Quoy et Gaim, Voy. Astr. Zool. 1. p. 165, 1877.] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 109 44. Haurasrur GirRENERA (Vieill.) ; Sharpe, Cat. i. p- 315. One adult example. Locality not given. 45. AccirrTeR ETORQUES. Urospizias etorques, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 901. An adult, and a young specimen, apparently of this new species, lately described by Salvadori from New Guinea and Salawatty, are in the collection, but without exact locality. The only divergence I note from Salvadori’s description of the adult is, that in my specimen the tail-feathers (partly in moult) are of a nearly uniform plumbeous, with but very faint indications of any cross markings. 46. Baza ReInwarpTI (Mill. et Schleg.), A single skin of this species, exact locality not marked, nearly agrees with some specimens in the British Museum, 47. CARPOPHAGA RUBRICERA. Columba pinon, Less. Zool. Voy. Coq. i. p. 343 (err.) ? Globicera rubricera, Bp. C. R. xxxix. p. 1073, et Consp. ii. p. 31 (1854), et Ie. d. Pig. t. xxxix. Carpophaga rubracera, Gray, List of Col. in B. M. p. 18. Carpophaga lepida, Cass. Pr. Ac. Se. Phil. vii. p. 230 (1854). _ _ One skin of this fine species, without exact locality. The original type of Bonaparte, however, is from New Ireland; and a second established patria is San Christoval, Solomon Islands (MacGillivray in Brit. Mus.). 48. CARPOPHAGA VAN-wyckt. Carpophaga van-wyckii, Cassin, Pr. Ac. Se. Phil. xiv. p. 320 (1862). One skin of this rare and little-known species from Duke-of-York Island. The original Specimen, described by Cassin, was obtained in New Ireland, during the voyage of the U.S. North Pacific Ex- ploring Expedition, under the command of Captain Rodgers. So far as I know, there are no examples of this Fruit-pigeon in any European collection. 49. CarPorpHAGA SPILORRHOA. Carpophaga luctuosa, Gould, B. Austr. v. pl. 60. Carpophaga spilorrhoa, Gray, P. Z. S. 1858, p- 186. One skin of this species. 50. Pritopus SUPERBUS, Gould, B. Austr. v. Die. Oy. One male of this widely spread species. 51. Pritopus rivoun. Columba rivolii, Knip et Prev. Pig. ii. pl. 57; Des Murs, Icon. Orn. pl. 4. 110 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [ Feb. 20, Ptilonopus rivolii, Gray, List of Col. in B. M. p. 6. A pair of this bird, the male of which agrees in every respect with the figures and descriptions above quoted. We have thus a better indication of the true patria of this fine Fruit-pigeon than has yet been obtained. Pt. strophium, Gould, from the Louisiade archipelago, is, I believe, a different species, not having the purple patch in the middle of the belly. The female of the present bird is of a nearly uniform green, with the lower belly and crissum yellow. 52. CEDIRHINUS INSOLITUS. Ptilopus insolitus, Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. i. p. 61. pl. iii. fig. 3. Ptilopus humeralis jobiensis (monstr. ?), Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. Columba, p. 16. Cdirhinus globifer, Cab. et Reich. Journ. f. Orn. 1876, p. 326. One example of this remarkable Pigeon, from Duke-of-York Island, obtained in October 1875. Schlegel originally described his specimen, with which mine appears to agree in all essential par- ticulars, as from ‘‘ New Caledonia,’ but subsequently came to the strange conclusion that it was only a monstrous variety of Ptilopus jobiensis ! There can be, to my mind, no doubt of the validity of the species, which I agree with Hrn. Cabanis and Reichenow should even con- Head of Edirhinus insolitus. stitute the type of a new genus, readily recognizable by the hard bony protuberance on its forehead. Dr. Huesker obtained the specimen described by the last-named author in New Ireland, during the voyage of the ‘ Gazelle.’ 53. MACROPYGIA BROWNI, Sp. noy. Alba: alis caudaque cum dorso toto schistaceo-nigris : pileo postico, hypochondriis, ventre imo et crisso pallide cineracescen- tibus: rostro basali coccineo, apicali flavo: pedibus rubris : long. tota 18-0, ale 8°8. caude rectr. ext. 4:0, med. 9-0). Hab. Duke-of-York Island. 1877. ] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 111 Obs. Species forma M. reinwardti oinnino similis, dorso caudaque schistaceis nec castaneis diversa. A single skin of this remarkable Pigeon is in the collection. It appears to be in every respect a close ally of M. reinwardti, which has a wide range over New Guinea and the Moluccas. My speci- men is marked ‘ male, legs red,” and is obviously adult. Dr. Sal- vadori kindly tells me that he has seen several young specimens of M. reinwardti with the back and wings blackish; but I cannot believe that the present example is otherwise than mature. 54. Macropyeia CARTERETIA, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 57. Under this name I place two examples, adult and young, from Duke-of-York Island, of a representative of the wide-ranging form which Schlegel (Mus. P.-B. Col. p. 110) calls M. turtur, but for which the oldest name, if all the forms are to be referred to one species, is amboinensis (Linn.). Bonaparte’s description of his M. carteretia from New Ireland is evidently that of a young bird, and, so far as it goes, suits my young specimen pretty fairly. 55. MACROPYG!A NIGRIROSTRIS, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p- 972. An adult bird from New Ireland (Nov. 1875) and a young bird from Duke-of-York Island (Oct. 1875) seem to be referable to this recently described species, which is one of the recent discoveries on Mount Arfak. The young bird has the head, neck, and breast of a much brighter colour, and freckled with transverse black markings, except on the throat. The measurements, which are as follows, seem to be slightly inferior to those given by Count Salvadori. Long tota. alee, caude. in in. in. Adult, »INew:relands.:)...°). ¢<iawed..aule. 11:7 Have MiG? Young. Duke-of-York Island ............ 1273) 6/565 0 6:2 56. CHALCOPHAPS STEPHANI. Peristére d Etienne, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au Pole Sud, t. 28. fig. 2. Chalcophaps stephani, Puch. Zool. Voy. au P. S. iii. p. 119. A pair of this species, with the exact locality not given. In the female the forehead is grey instead of white, and there is no purplish colour on the head and nape. For the range of this species cf. Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 206. 57. PHLOGG@NAS MARGARIT. Chalcophaps margarithe, D’ Alb. et Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vil. p. 836. Phlogenas margarite, Salvad. op. cit. viii. p. 405. 112 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 20, Chalcophaps margarita, Salvad. op. cit. ix. p. 44. Phlogeenas jobiensis, Meyer, Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, i. p. 10 (1875). Of this beautiful Pigeon there are a pair and a young bird in the collection, without the exact locality. Now that Salvadori has received the adult of this species from Jobie, I think there can be no doubt that Meyer’s Phlogeenas jobiensis is merely the young of this bird. I have compared Dr. Meyer’s type (now in Mr. Gould’s hands on loan) with my young bird, and find them agree in every essential, though Dr. Meyer’s specimen shows some traces of the purple colour of the adult appearing on the wing- coverts, which is not the case with my specimen. It is worthy of notice how nearly allied this species is to P. ery- throptera, of the Society group, which, however, differs in its rather smaller size and white forehead. 58. PHLOG@NAS JOHANNA, sp. nov. (Plate XVI.) Fuscescenti-castanea, in dorso eneo lavata: tectricibus alarum minoribus extus nitide purpureis: capite et cervice undique cum pectore pallide cinereis, hoc colore in pileo saturatiore, in pectore clariore et in album purum transeunte ; occipite, sicut dorsum, eneo lavato : colore pectoris albo in semicirculum desi- nente, et margine purpureo sicut in alarum tectricibus precincto: alarum remigibus primariis fusco-nigris unicoloribus, secundariis et scapularibus extus dorso concoloribus: cauda supra dorso concolori, subtus nigricante, rectricum apicibus fusco-rufis : rostro nigro : oculorum ambitu nudo ; pedibus rubris: long. tota 7°8, ale 4°4, caude@ 2°7, tarsi 1°1. A pair of this beautiful Ground-dove, which, so far as I can make out, is quite new, are in the collection ; the exact locality is unfortu- nately not given. The nearest species known seem to be P. stairi (G. R. Gray)’, of the Samoans, from which, however, P. johanne may be readily known by its lovely pure white breast, and P. canifrons, Hartl. & Finsch, of the Pelew group’, in which the hind part of the neck is rusty red. 59. Cata@nas nicosparica (Linn.). One female, from Duke-of-York Island. Lesson (Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 342) has already recorded the occurrence of this species in New Ireland. 60. ArpreA sacra, Gm.: Finsch et Hartl. Orn. Central-Pol. p- 201. One skin in the grey, and one in the white plumage, from Duke- of-York Island. 1 P. Z.S. 1856, p. 7, pl. 115. 2 Journ. Mus. Godeffr. viii. p. 27, pl. v. fig. 1. 1877. ] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 113 61. ARDEA FLAViCOoLLIs, Lath. Ardetta flavicollis, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pl. 65. One skin either of the true A. flavicollis, or of its Australian representative A. gouldi, Bp. (if these are really distinguishable). 62. MrecGaropius HUESKERI, Cab. et Reichenow. Messrs. Cabanis and Reichenow (J. f. O. 1876, p. 326) describe the Megapode of New Hanover as M. hueskeri; and I suppose the single skin sent by Mr. Brown to be of the same species. But Prof. Salvadori tells me that he finds it very difficult to distinguish M. hueskeri from M. forsteni of the island of Bouru. 63. Raturna Tricotor, G. R. Gray, P. Z. 8S. 1858, p. 188; Gould, B. Austr. Suppl. pl. 78. One skin of this species, which extends over New Guinea, the Aru Islands, and Cape York. The collection also contains single skins of the following well- known species :— 64. Cuaraprius ruLvus (Gm.), from Duke-of-York Island. 65. CHARADRIUS MONGOLICUS, Pall. 66. NUMENIUS UROPYGIALIS, Gould. 67. Toranus IncaNus (Gm.), from Duke-of-York Island. 68. TRrnGorDEs HyPoLEucus (Linn.), from Duke-of-York Island. 69. SrERNA FULIGINOSA (Gm.). 70. ANovus sTotipus (Linn.), from New Ireland. Having now passed in review the seventy species in Mr. Brown’s collection, let us, before making any general remarks on it, consider what was already known of the ornis of these islands. Duke-of- York Island and New Britain may be dismissed in a few words, no previous naturalist having, so far as I am aware, made any investi- gation of the faunas, although a few chance specimens may have been procured from them’. But New Ireland has been more favoured. In 1823 it was visited by the French naturalist, Lesson, during the celebrated voyage of the ‘Coquille,’ which added so much to our knowledge of the fauna of the Eastern Islands. The ‘ Coquille’ remained from the 12th to the 21st of August of that year at Port Praslin, near the extreme south of New Ireland’. In July 1827 1 New Britain is the undoubted patria of Casuarius bennettii, of which the first (living) example was received by the Society in 1857. 2 Cf. Zool. Voy. Coquille, 1. p. 329 et seq. Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1877, No. VIII. 8 114 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON BATS [ Feb. 20, another French discovery-vessel, the ‘ Astrolabe,’ passed several days in the adjoining port Havre Carteret ; and Messrs. Quoy and Gaimard, the naturalists on board, though embarrassed by bad weather, made several additions to Lesson’s ornithological discoveries. In the summer of 1841, Havre Carteret was again visited by the English vessel H.M.S. ‘Sulphur’ (under the command of Sir E. Belcher). Surgeon Hinds certainly made a collection of birds on the occasion, although Mr. Sharpe informs me that only three specimens are registered in the British Museum as having been obtained in New Ireland from the voyage of the ‘ Sulphur.’ From these sources we were acquainted, previously to the arrival of the present collection, with the existence of some 25 birds in New Ireland’. Mr. Brown has added at least six or seven species to the list; and it is only from the defective labelling of his specimens, as I believe, that we have not obtained from him a much more com- plete insight into the character of its ornis. Enough, however, is now known to show that New Ireland must be referred decidedly: to the Papuan Subregion” of the Australian avi- fauna. The presence of such torms as Gracula, Eclectus, Nasiterna, Lorius, and Calenasis quite sufficient to prove that it belongs strictly to the northern section of the Australian Region, rather than to Australia itself; and there can be little doubt that New Britain, New Hanover, and the whole of the Solomon groups belong strictly to the same subregion. Let us hope that Mr. Brown may-be induced to continue his collections, and to give us further opportunities of con- tinuing these interesting investigations, 2. On a Collection of Chiroptera from Duke-of-York Island and the adjacent parts of New Ireland and New Britain, By G. E. Dosson, M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &c. [Received February 2, 1877.] (Plate XVII.) Mr. P. L. Sclater, Secretary of the Society, has most kindly placed in my hands for examination an exceedingly interesting col- lection of Chiroptera from Duke-of-York Island and andajcet coasts of New Ireland and New Britain, forwarded to him by the Rev. George Brown, C.M.Z.8. Although the collection consists of seventeen specimens only, twelve distinct species are represented, of which four are undescribed, one is the type of a new genus and species, and ten are new to the fauna of these little-known islands. 1 J had intended to have given a complete list of the known birds of New Treland as an appendix to the present paper, but, not having had time to com- plete it satisfactorily, must reserve it for a future communication. 2 For general remarks on the division of the Australian Region into subregions, see P, Z. 8. 1869, p. 125. M&N,Hanhart imp eg ay eT re es yr ee St ee tc po re 1877. ] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 115 Suborder MEGACHIROPTERA. Family Prreroprips. Group I, Preropt. PTEROPUS MELANOPOGON. Pteropus phaiops, Temm. Monogr. Mammal. ii. p. 65 (1835-41). Pteropus :nelanopogon, Schlegel ; Peters, Monatsber. Akad. Berl. 1867, p. 330. Pteropus melanopogon, var. neohibernicus, Peters, /. c. 1876, p. 317. Although the single specimen in the collection is larger and has considerably shorter ears than those described under the above name by Dr. Peters, I have no hesitation in referring it to the same species, as it agrees in all other respects with them and comes from the same locality. In size and in the shortness of the ears it agrees more closely with P¢. degener, Peters, from the Aru Islands, but differs from that species in the much wider space occupied by the hair of the back, which is more than an inch in breadth across the loins. But in Pt. melanopogon the width of the space occupied by the fur of the back diminishes as the animal increases in age ; and the length of the ears is not only slightly variable in different individuals of every species of the genus, but is often very considerably lessened by a peculiar ulcerative process which attacks the margins of the ears. I believe therefore that Pt. degener, Peters, has been founded on a fully grown or even aged individual of Pt. melanopogon, that Pt. melanopogon, var. neohibernicus, has been described from young in- dividuals, and that the specimen in this collection is intermediate in age between the two. In the following table the relative measure- ments of these specimens are given for the purpose of comparison. “lisa ad EA . (a | & Siw FI ne) r=] a | | Sot ahaa ees oa 3 a o. a 4 A | Pt. degener, Peters. Aru in. fim. jin. | in. | in. | in. fim. | in. TTB 00 088 on depapes eee capone 38/088) 7-7) ... | ... | 34/108) 2:4] J Pt. melanopogon, Dobson. New Ireland...............06. 37 |09 | 7:0) 14:0) 9:4) 33/11 | 24) go Pt. melanopogon, var. neohiber- Macus-Pevers,, WNewLreland,|) jo..{ 1:0) |,.8:03) coat]! wos: |i anncofeen er linwen, |) 22 | The fur in our specimen is dark reddish brow: on the face, be- tween the eyes, and under the jaws ; head, neck, shoulders, and the Qe 116 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON BATS [Feb. 20, whole under surface of the body bright reddish brown, the hairs paler and more yellowish towards the base ; on the back dark brown, intermixed with bright sulphur-yellow, which replaces the brown across the loins; interfemoral membrane with longer, dark brown, almost black hairs. PTEROPUS CAPISTRATUS. Pteropus capistratus, Peters, Monatsber. Akad. Berl. 1876, p. 316, pl. A single specimen of an adult female of this remarkable species agreeing in all respects with the original description. The single central longitudinal black line dividing the forehead, with a similar dark-coloured streak across the face on each side between the eye and the angle of the mouth, as well as its considerably larger size, at once distinguish this species from Pé. personatus, to which it is in all other respects very closely allied. CYNONYCTERIS BRACHYOTIS, sp. nov. Resembles (. minor, Dobson, in size and in the nakedness of the extremities, but may be at once distinguished by the much shorter ears, longer muzzle, and deciduous first upper premolars. Ears short, oval, rounded off above ; a prominent thickened lobule at the base of the outer margin of the ear-conch ; muzzle long and narrow, nostrils and upper lip as in C. amplexicaudata. Fur short, dark brown above, with greyish tips; beneath light ereyish brown. On the upper surface the back of the neck and shoulders (in an adult female) is very thinly covered, almost naked, and the fur of the body scarcely extends upon the membranes ; the tibiee and feet and adjacent interfemoral membrane are naked ; be- neath, a broad band of fur extends outwards behind the elbow and forearm, lessening in width towards the carpus. First upper premolar very small in immature individuals, decidu- ous in adults ; remaining teeth as in C. amplexicaudata. In the following Table the relative measurements of this species and of C. minor, Dobson, are given. ‘ ai S ; F @ Steal ets E A 2) | Se oO aes Ee lore ee ace alee lars Ls] Se 5 = | to) 4 os ee) | s a ae = ° 5 3 iS) pes [omalecmtess lore fee tet I ey Pa ro) = 3 4 re B . a uf = R = z s x =| Oo lq | | - | = re | = | | C. brachyotis ...... 1°5 | 0-55) 0°55] 2°85) 0-9 | 4°5 | 3-4 | 1-15) 0-7 | Roor | } . 2 | | ~ e | O, manor ........- 1°55) 0:45) 0.68] 2°8_| 0-9 | 4:4 |3°3 | 1:05) 0°75! 1877.] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 117 The -collection contains two specimens—a perfectly adult female, from which the above specimens were taken, and an immature female. Fig. 1. Head of Harpyia major. Figs. 2 and 2a. Skull and lower jaw of Harpyia major. Figs. 3 and 3a, Skull and lower jaw of H. cephalotes. HarpPYIA MAJOR, Sp. nov. Much larger than H. cephalotes, Pallas, but with shorter ears, longer nasal tubes, and much paler-coloured fur, differing also in the form of the skull and of some of the teeth. Fur above pale buff, the base of the hairs on the back dark ; ex- 1 The back of the skull is imperfect in the specimen from which this figure was drawn, 118 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON BATS [Feb. 20, tremities of the hairs on the head and about the ears yellow; on the back the greater part pale buff; a dark vertebral line, as in H. cepha- lotes, extends from a point between the shoulders to the tail; be- neath dull yellowish buff throughout. Upper canine on each side with a prominent external cusp; last lower molar with a cireular crown. In H. cephalotes the upper canine has a blunt ill-defined external projection, and the crown of the last lower molar is oval or quadrilateral. The skull in this species is also very much larger and differently shaped. The frontal bone is deeply grooved between the postorbital processes ; and the nasal bones terminate at such a height above the premaxilla as to be on the same level with the floor of the groove behind them; the zygo- matic arch is more than twice as thick as in H. cephalotes; and the postorbital processes of the frontal are longer. The following Table exhibits the measurements of the type of this species, of another, immature specimen with the epiphyses of the finger-bones unconsolidated, and of a perfectly adult specimen of H. cephalotes from Timor. pleated le cies ey i |S g |S | Soe) fog | Sos | SS i gp eA See Oa oe Sis es Si sisia/4 |2 |8 [2 |€ [8 [8 |B 6 = - - - = ~ ” =p s = a a a a a a — i) | | ELTA OF ns eet ears ceeie 1:55 0°55 3-1 | 1-3) 2:2) 215] 1-65) 2:3/2:0 |1-0 [1-2 | 1-2 », (immature). | 1:5 | 0-55) 2:95) 1:3] 2:0} 1-9 | 1-55} 2:1 | 1-85) 0:95) 1-05) 1-1 H. cephalotes............ 1:3 | 06 | 2°42) 0-9) 1:6] 1°6 | 1:25) 1-7) 1°6 | 0°75' 0°85) 0-85 CEPHALOTES PERONII. Cephalotes peronii, Geoffroy, Ann. du Mus. xv. p. 104 (1810); Temminck, Monogr. Mammal. ii. p. 106. Hypoderma peronii, Is. Geoffroy, Dict. Classiq. xiv. p. 708. The collection contains two specimens of this species—an immature female, and a young male with milk-dentition. In the latter there are four upper incisors and two lower. Group II. MacroG osst. MACROGLOSSUS MINIMUS. Pteropus minimus, Geoffroy, Ann, du Mus. xv. p. 97 (1810). Pteropus rostratus, Horsfield, Zoolog. Researches in Java (1825). 1 T have found this to be the constant length of the forearm of all perfectly adult specimens of 1. cephalotes from the Malay archipelago. foot and claws. ” 07 05 1877.] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 119 Macroglossus minimus, Temminck, Monogr. Mammal. i. p. 191 (1827); Dobson, Monogr. Asiat. Chiropt. p. 34 (1876). Two specimens of this widely distributed species, differing in no respect except in their slightly smaller size from individuals inbabit- img the peninsula of India and Java, and probably identical with the small variety from Australia to which Dr. Peters has given the name M. australis. MELonycTERIs’, gen. nov. Muzzle long, narrow, cylindrical; nostrils projecting slightly ; upper lip with a vertical groove, bounded laterally by naked raised edges asin Péeropus and Cynopéterus; index finger with a distinct claw ; metacarpal bone of middle finger as long as the index finger ; wing-membrane from the sides of the body and from the dorsal sur- face of the base of the middle toe ; tail none, or very short. Dentition.— Inc. x53 C. ; Pm. —- M. aaa First upper and lower premolars very small, close to the base of the canines; molars close together, very narrow, scarcely elevated above the gum. Tongue very long and narrow, as in Macroglossus. This genus is most closely related to Macroglossus, with which it agrees in the general form of the skull and in the mode of attach- ment of the wing-membrane to the sides of the body, but is distin- guished by the very different position and size of the first premolars, by the origin of the wing-membrane from the middle toe instead of from the base of the fourth, and by the form of the extremity of the muzzle. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Front of muzzle and ear of M. melanops. MELONYCTERIS MELANOPS, sp. nov. (Plate XVII.) Slightly smaller than Honycteris spelea, Dobson, which it resem- bles closely in the external form of the muzzle; nostrils as in Cyno- nycteris amplexicaudata, but scarcely so prominent, separated by a deep groove which passes down to the upper lip, where it becomes 1 undor, tree-fruit ; vuKrepis, a bat. 120 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON BATS [Feb. 20, narrower and is margined as in Cynopterus by raised naked edges (fig. 4); tongue very long, much attenuated in terminal fourth, armed with recurved, brush-like papille ; ears about as long as the muzzle, oval, rounded off above, the outer and inner margins of the ear-conch equally convex, so that the ear attains its greatest width in the middle (fig. 5). Interfemoral membrane very short behind; no trace of a tail in either of the specimens. Wing-membrane from the base of the middle toe, or from the space between the second and middle toe, and from the sides of the body. Fur moderately short, but very dense, extending thickly upon the wing-membrane as far outwards as a line drawn from the elbow to the knee, and more thinly for a considerable distance beyond, and also covering the short interfemo- ral membrane and the legs. Above bright reddish yellow, the base of the hairs dark ; crown of the head dark brown, the extremities of the hairs greyish yellow; a large patch round each eye dark brown, almost black ; anterior half of the muzzle pale buff, a narrow streak of the same colour passing backwards between the eyes; the whole under surface of the body dark brown, almost black, the ex- tremities of the hairs greyish; the fur on the sides of the body longer, and the terminal half of the hairs brownish buff. Upper incisors small, forming a semicircle in front, and separated from the canines by a wide space on either side; central incisors somewhat larger than the outer ones, and converging slightly ; lower incisors very small, in pairs, separated by a space between; upper Upper and lower jaws of M. melanops. canines remarkably long and strong, deeply grooved anteriorly by a longitudinal furrow: first upper premolar exceedingly small, and so close to the canine as to appear to be a small basal projection from that tooth; second premolar larger than any of the other teeth (ex- cept the canines), in the centre of the wide space between the canine and first molar; third premolar shaped like the second premolar, but much smaller and close to the first molar; molars very narrow, scarcely raised above the gum; first lower premolar larger than the 1877. ] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 121 corresponding tooth in the upper jaw, but still very small, and simi- larly placed close to the canine, and separated from the second pre- molar by a wide space equal to the distance between the lower canines ; second lower premolar scarcely larger than the third, and separated from it by a wide space; third premolar close to the first premolar ; molars close together, very narrow, their roots and those of the other teeth in both jaws visible through the exceedingly thin translucent alveoli (figs. 6 and 7). The molar teeth in this species appear to be proportionally smaller than in any other known species of Megachiroptera, while the canines are longer and stronger. Length (of an adult ¢ ): head and body 4':0; head 1'"4; eye from nose 0!'"55; ear 0'°6; forearm 2!°4; thumb 0°85; first fin- ger 1-9; second finger—metacarp. 1'85, Ist ph. 1!°35, 2nd ph. 1-9; fourth finger—metacarp. 1"°9, Ist. ph. 0''8, 2nd ph. 0'°8 ; tibia 1°05; calcaneum 0''°3; foot and claws 0’'*7. : Suborder MICROCHIROPTERA. Family RHINOLOPHID. PHYLLORHINA TRICUSPIDATA. Rhinolophus tricuspidatus, Temminck, Monogr. Mammal. ii. p. 20, pl. 32. figs. 11, 12 (1835-41). One specimen of this small species with fur bright reddish brown above and beneath. P. tricuspidatais probably the smallest species of Rhinolophidz, and has hitherto been recorded from the Moluccas and Amboyna only. PHYLLORHINA GALERITA. : Hipposideros galeritus, Cantor, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1846, . 183. Phyllorhina labuanensis, Tomes, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 538. Phyllorhina longicauda, Peters, Monatsber. Akad. Berl. 1861, . 708. Phyllorhina brachyota, Dobson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1874, . 237. af Phyllorhina galerita, Dobson, Monogr. Asiat. Chiropt. p. 69 (1876). The single specimen in the collection agrees with individuals of this species from the Oriental Region in having the tail almost wholly included in the interfemoral membrane, and not with the very closely allied P. cervina from Australia, which has the last and half the antepenultimate caudal vertebra free. It is therefore very doubt- ful if P. cervina can be considered distinct from this species. As P. galerita is also found in the Peninsula of India and in Burmah, its geographical distribution is very wide, much wider than that of any other known species of Rhinolophide ; for although P. speoris was described by Zelebor under the name of P. taztiensis, we are not absolutely certain that the specimen so named was really ob- tained at the island Tahiti. 122 ON BATS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. [Feb.'20, PHYLLORHINA CALCARATA, sp. nov. (Fig. 8.) Ears as long as the head, triangular, with obtuse extremities ; inner margin of the ear-conch very convex in lower half, almost straight above; outer margin slightly concave immediately beneath the tip, then straight. Nose-leaf simple in front, no secondary leaflets on the sides of the muzzle ; horizontal leaf narrow, like that of P. bicolor; the transverse terminal leaf as in P. larvata, broader than the sella, with three short ill-defined vertical ridges dividing its concave front surface; a small frontal pore behind the transverse nose-leaf. Fig. 8. Head of Phyllorhina calcarata. First phalanx of the thumb as long as the metacarpal bone. Wings from the tarsus. Calcaneum remarkably long and strong, longer than in any other known species of the genus, exceeding half the tibia in length; tail long, projecting one tenth of an inch beyond the interfemoral membrane. Fur long and dense, above dark brown, the base of the hairs much paler, especially on the anterior half of the body; beneath, orange- brown. Length: head and body 2'°5; tail 1''"4; head 0''"85 ; ear 0'"85; nose-leaf 0''"3 x 0:22; forearm 2''°0; thumb 0'°35; second finger —metacarp. 1''*3, 1st ph. 0''°8, 2nd ph. 10; fourth finger—meta- carp. 1''"45, Ist ph. 0'°65, 2nd ph. 0'°55; tibia 0'''9 ; caleaneum 0''-6; foot and claws 0'''4. Family VesPERTILIONIDZ. KERIVOULA HARDWICKII. Vespertilio hardwickii, Horsfield, Zoolog. Researches in Java (1825). Kerivoula hardwickii, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842, p. 258 ; Dobson, Monogr. Asiat. Chiropt. p. 148, figs. a, 6, c (1876). Although the single specimen representing this genus is larger and has comparatively larger outer incisors and brighter-coloured fur than individuals of K. hardwickii from India and Java, I have nevertheless no hesitation in referring it to that species, with which it agrees very closely in all other respects. Ting SAWOUN eto" RAL Wh Ju fy doar qrequey NN WL BP PASC 1877.] ON RODENTS ETC. FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 123 Family EMBALLONURIDE. EMBALLONURA NIGRESCENS. Mosia nigrescens, Gray, Voyage of the ‘Sulphur,’ Mammals, p. 23 (1844). A single specimen of this, the smallest species of the genus, which is at once distinguished from L. monticola from the adjoining parts of the Oriental region by the very differently shaped muzzle, by the widely separated nostrils, and by its conspicuously smaller size. E.. nigrescens has hitherto been recorded from Amboina and Ter- nate only. Besides the discovery of the new species described above, the fol- lowing generalizations are afforded by an examination of the species represented in this collection :— I. That New Britain and New Ireland agree very closely in their Chiropterous fauna with that of other lands within the Australian region (Austro-Malayan subregion), three species only out of twelve (Macroglossus minimus, Phyllorhina galerita, and Kerivoula hard- wickii) extending also into the Oriental region. II. That, to judge from the large proportion of frugivorous Bats in the collection (nearly two thirds of the whole), New Britain and New Ireland agree with the Oceanic Islands in this respect, rather than with the continental lands within the Australian region. 3. On the Rodents and Marsupials collected by the Rev. G. Brown in Duke-of-York Island, New Britain, and New Ireland. By Epwarp R. Ausron, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c. [Received February 14, 1877.] (Plates XVIII. & XIX.) Mr. Sclater has kindly intrusted me with the determination of the Rodents and Marsupials contained in Mr. Brown’s interesting collection. They are few in number, consisting of but six species. Three of these appear to be identical with animals known to inhabit New Guinea, while the remainder belong to hitherto undescribed species. The latter, however, find their nearest allies either in New Guinea or in Northern Australia, thus fully confirming the strictly Papuan character of the fauna of this group. The large proportion of new species in this small collection shows, nevertheless, that a perceptible amount of change has taken place, and leads us to hope that many novelties will yet reward the researches of Mr. Brown, after whom I propose to name the first of the new species :— 1. Mus Brown, sp. n. Fur both above and below stiff and harsh, most of the hairs being developed into fine flattened and channelled spines; on the back a 124 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON RODENTS AND [Feb. 20, few much longer cylindrical bristly hairs. Ears moderate, rounded, almost naked. Tail nearly naked, covered with about 150 rings of large scales mixed with very short stiff hairs. Hind feet large and broad, thumb of fore feet well developed, with a flat nail. Upper parts grey mixed with reddish, each bristle being light grey at the base and either black or light rufous towards the tip, the longer hairs black throughout. Chin, throat, breast, belly, and in- side of limbs dull white ; feet white, each with a dark stripe on the upper surface ; on the fore feet this mark is near the middle of the foot, on the hind feet nearer the outer edge. Lars and tail dusky. Measurements of two specimens (in spirits) :— 3 2 in. in. Length of head and body ............ 5°60 5°15 ss head) e500 Aes ene eee Abo 1:45 S GeiE Hs er ds on ee ki "55 55 4 CHUGH See hr een ree los book 4:90 4°50 in iindifoots weet a eee es ere LOO 95 Skull and teeth typically murine. Female with two pair of pec- toral and two of abdominal teats; male with testes very largely developed. This spiny Rat is nearly allied to the North Australian species described by the late Dr. Gray under the name of Acanthomys leucopus'; but it is a very much smaller species, and differs both in colour and proportions. The collection contains a female in skin and both male and female in spirits. Along with these are four young Mice too immature to be safely determined. If, as I believe, they belong to the present species, the hair is softer and the colour of the upper parts more rufous in youth, 2. URoMYS RUFESCENS, sp. n. (Plate XVIII.) Fur close and woolly, the longer hairs little developed. ars short, rounded, naked. ‘Tail shorter than the head and body, naked, tessellated with very small convex subcircular scales. Upper parts bright chestnut, the hairs being lead-coloured at the base and broadly tipped with bright rufous, the longer hairs black, the top of the head more greyish. Lower parts white, the two colours being sharply defined; feet pale brownish. Ears and tail _ dusky. Measurements of a female (in spirits) :— Length of head and body ........ 5°00 a GAO gRE MG sora crete cotcerte 1°45 e CAT cai ee gel arets *50 He hil leereeret toe Ct ohaattce + = se 4°30 3 inmnditootee eae ce oe cars 6 1:05 1 Pp. Z. 8.1867, p.598. This, like the present species, clearly belongs to true Mus and not to Acanthomys, Lesson (= Acomys, Geoffr.). It will therefore re- quire to be renamed, Gray’s specific title being preoccupied by the common North-American Mouse, Mus leucopus, Raffinesque (Hesperomys leucopus auctt.). 1877.] MARSUPIALS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 125 This handsome Rat is most nearly allied to the species froin Salawatti, recently described by Dr. Peters and the Marquis G. Doria as U. druijni’; but it is about a third smaller, is more uniformly rufous in colour, and has the tail markedly shorter (in- stead of longer) than the head and body. All the other described species have long particoloured tails’. Dr. Peters, in his original characters of this genus’, says that the dentition is quite similar to that of Mus; but one of the present specimens, having the teeth less worn than in his example of U. macropus, shows that the ridges of the molars are not definitely divided into tubercles. The viscera are almost exactly like those of the common Rat, except that the czecum is slightly more elongated. 3. PERAMELES DOREYANUS. Perameles doreyanus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l Astrolabe, i. p- 100, Atlas, pl. xvi. The collection contains one skin of this well-known Papuan species. First discovered (but not systematically named) by Lesson and Garnot on the island of Waigiou’, it was afterwards found by Quoy and Gaimard at Dorey Harbour, New Guinea. According to Dr. Gray, specimens were sent by Mr. Wallace from the Aru Islands? ; but the Perameles of that group has since been separated by Dr. Peters and the Marquis G. Doria as P. aruensis®; and the same authors have described two other allied species—P. rufescens from the Ké Islands’, and P. longicaudata from New Guinea’. 4. BELIDEUS ARIEL. Belideus ariel, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 11. This pretty little Flying Phalanger is represented by an adult male and female in skin, and an immature male in spirit. In the female the extreme tip of the tail is white, doubtless an individual variety. As in other Papuan examples, there is a much broader dark mark round the eye than in the North-Australian specimens described by Mr. Gould’ ; but I do not think they can be specifically separated ; and when a sufiicient series from different parts of the continent of Australia are compared I suspect that this species will have to be united with the southern B. éreviceps. The known range of this Phalanger is extensive. First described from North Australia, it has been found in New Guinea by S. Miller, in Batchian and the Aru Islands by Wallace and Von Rosenberg, and in Halmahera by Bernstein. 1 Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, viii. p. 336 (1876). 2 Dr. A. B. Meyer lately andipued a new species from New Guinea under the name of U. papuanus (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, xvii. p. 146), with- out giving any description. As he states, however, that it is nearly allied to U aruensis, Gray, it can hardly be the present animal. 3 Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1867, p. 343. + Voy. de la Coquille, i. pt. 1, p. 128. OPS Zais. gn P 113. 6 Ann, Mus. Ciy. Genova, vii. p. 542. 7 Op. cit. p 8 Op. cit. viii. p. 335. ® In the alee in the ‘Mammals of Australia’ (i. pl. xxvii.) no black mark whatever is shown; but a narrow black line is mentioned in the description. 126 ON RODENTS ETC. FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. [Feb. 20, 5. Cuscus ORIENTALIS. Didelphys orientalis, Pallas, Misc. Zool. p. 59. An adult female Cuseus in skin and a half-grown female in spirits are strikingly different in appearance ; but I cannot at present sepa- rate them from this very variable species. The former is of a dark sooty grey above, with an obscure dorsal streak; the fur is very close and woolly ; and the tips of the hairs have a bright silvery lustre. The latter (which measures, head and body, 8°80 inches, tail 7°80 inches) is bright shining rufous above, slightly washed with black, but with no definite dorsal streak ; lower parts and spot below ear light yellow. Both differ from the characters usual given of C. orientalis in having only ¢wo small incisors behind the large central lower pair, and in wanting the small extra premolar in the upper jaw. But, as Mr. Waterhouse has observed!, these small teeth are not to be trusted in this group. I find that a skull of C. wrsinus in the British Museum has two small incisors on one side and three on the other; and of two skulls of C. celebensis, Gray, a male has one only in each ramus, while a female has one on the right and three on the left. In all other essential characters Mr. Brown’s specimens agree with C. orientalis; and it must be left to future observation to show whether the peculiarity of their dentition is or is not constant. According to Lesson and Garnot this animal is termed Kapoune by the natives of New Ireland, with whom it is a favourite article of food?. 6. Macropus LUGENS, sp.n. (Plate XIX.) Muffle entirely naked, the bare space extending in a band over each nostril. Ears moderate, sparsely haired except near the base. Tail clad for the first three inches with short woolly hair, thence to the end scaly, nearly naked at the sides, more thickly clad above and below with short stiffish hairs. Fur moderately soft, not close- set, with no under-fur; hair of occiput radiating from a point a little behind the ears, that of the nape directed backwards, that of the vertex forwards, forming a transverse crest where it meets the fur of the forehead and temples. Hair of breast radiating from each axilla, that of the throat and chin directed forwards. Upper parts almost uniform umber-brown, darkest on the back, the hairs unicolorous to the base, flanks and thighs lighter, feet darker brown. From the upper lip a broad but ill-defined brownish- white stripe passes to below the eye. Chin brownish black ; throat, breast, and belly pale isabelline. Approximate measurements (in skin) of an immature male :— Length of head and body......-......... 22-00 ‘ GAG cepa paremece athec Pesan isicke 3°50 55 ear Re acs Se NG che 1°75 % Cail eet es lee ee eral Ld 14:00 » hind foot (without claw). . » 5 ee 1 Nat. Hist. Mamm. i. p. 265. ? Voy. de la afore ne Zool. i. p. 158. ’ wi VWTdSVOaN VITONIA * dum’ sorg trey Uy Kip le) foc) rar, 4 2 Ne, ’ Ya = 7 ‘ . % ‘ ~ . . , 7 * ¥ RMintern Ith. PEA SNOT 1. EVR 1877.] ON REPTILES ETC. FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 127 The third upper incisor is but little longer than the second, and has the external fold close to its posterior border. The milk-molars are still retained ; but the premolar, when exposed in the maxillary, is found to be only slightly longer than the first true molar, the former measuring ‘27, and the latter -22 of an inch. This interesting Kangaroo bears a striking superficial likeness to Dorcopsis luctuosa (D’ Alb.)—a resemblance which, along with its generally sad-coloured coat, suggests the specific name proposed. Even externally, however, it may be at once distinguished by the direction of the hair of the nape, the nearly naked scaly tail, and the uniform brown of the upper parts, while its dentition at once shows it to be not a Dorcopsis but a true Macropus. When Mr. Garrod first clearly established the distinctions between Dendrolagus, Dorcopsis and Macropus', only one species of the last genus was known to inhabit the Austro-Malayan Subregion, namely M. bruni (Schreb.), from the Aru and Ké Islands. Since then two species have been described from New Guinea—JZ. papu- anus by Dr. Peters, from the eastern extremity of the island’, and Halmaturus crassipes by Mr. E. Pierson Ramsay, from Port Moresby*. From all of these, as well as from all the Australian species, M. /ugens appears to be perfectly distinct. In the character of the covering of the tail it most resembles M. papuanus, from which, however, it differs in its entirely bare muffle, and in the pro- portions of its upper incisors, as well as in coloration. I trust that Mr. Brown may soon be able to procure fully adult examples of this Kangaroo, and also to give us information as to the exact habitat of this and the other species contained in his collection. 4. On a Collection of Reptiles and Fishes from Duke-of-York Island, New Ireland, and New Britain. By Dr. AtBurt Guntuer, V.P.Z.S. [Received Feb. 20, 1877.] (Plates XX. & XXI.) A collection of Reptiles made by the Rev. G. Brown on Duke-of- York Island forms a valuable contribution to the very scanty know- ledge we possess at present of the Reptiles of New Ireland and New Britain. Indeed, since the visit of the French naturalists Lesson and Garnot, those islands have been entirely neglected, only a few species having reached European collections from the neighbouring Solomon Islands. The species forming this first collection of Mr. Brown, are not sufficient in number to base upon them a more pre- cise conclusion than that arrived at by Mr. Wallace, who appears to 1 “Qn the Kangaroo called Halmaturus luctuosus by D’Albertis and its Affinities,” P. Z. 8. 1875, pp. 48-59, pls. vii.—ix. 2 Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genova, vii. p. 544 (1875). ® Proc, Linn. Soc. New 8. Wales, i. p. 162 (1876). 128. . DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND [ Feb. 20, be quite correct in including these islands in his Austro-Malayan sub- region, as will be seen from the following list, in which I have noted the geographical range of each species. List of Reptiles. Lizarps: 1. Monitor chlorostigma, Cuy. ............ Celebes, Ceram, New Guinea, North Australia, Solomon Islands. .2. Eumeces albofasciolatus, Gthr.......... North Australia. 3. Hinulia megaspila, sp. n. 4, Keneuxia smaragdina, Less. ......... Ceram, Amboyna, Philippines, Pelew Island, New Guinea. 5. Mabouia carteretii, D. & B......... ... New Ireland, New Guinea, Amboyna, and Wokan (Doria). 6. Mabowia cyanura, Less. ...........-.+- Amboyna, Mysol, New Guinea, hence throughout Polynesia. 7. Mabouwia nigra, Hombr. & Jacq. ...... Fiji Islands, Samoa Islands, Con- trariété Island. Ba (Gecko wnitiacus, Miabr. ean deev ee. eet Mysol, Ceram, Amboyna, New Guinea, Aru Islands. 9. Hypselurus macrolepis, Ptrs. ......... Pelew and Solomon Islands, SNAKES: 1. Lielaphis modestus, Schleg. ..........-. Ceram, Amboyna, Mysol, Aru Islands. 2. Tropidonotus hypomelas, sp. n. 3. Dendrophis solomonis, Gthr. ......... Solomon Island. 4. Dendrophis macrops, sp. n. 5. Dipsas irregularis, Mery. ...,.....+++.-. Celebes, Ceratn, Amboyna, Mysol, Sangi Isl., New Guinea, Key Isl. 6. Liasis amethystinus, Schneid. ......... Ceram, Mysol, Aru and Key Islands, New Ireland. 7. Nardoa schlegelit, Gray. .........0-0.5 New Ireland. 8. Exygrus carinatus, Schneid. .......+. Ceram, Amboyna, Mysol, New Guinea. 9. Hrebophis asper, g. et sp. n. 10. Diemenia miillert, Schleg. .........+++ New Guinea, North Ceram. ll. Platurus fasciatus, Daud. ............ Throughout the Hast Indian arehi- pelago and Polynesia. Descriptive Notes. HiNvLIA MEGASPILA, Sp. n. (Plate XX.) Resembles H. (Zumeces) aruensis in shape and general appearance. No supranasal shields. Lower eyelids scaly. Internasal broad and short, transversely linear, separated from the vertical by two frontals, which are broadly in contact with each other. In £&. arvensis the vertical is in contact with the internasal. Postnasals two, small and lateral, followed by a single large loreal; upper labials eight. LEar- opening large, oval, without prominent scales ; forty-one or forty- seven longitudinal series of scales round the body ; about fifty-eight transverse series between the fore and hind limbs; two larger pre- anal plates, with some smaller lateral ones. The fore limbs reach to the middle of the eye when stretched forward, the hind limbs some- what beyond the middle of the trunk. Fingers and toes short ; third and fourth fingers equal and longer than the second; fourth hind toe the longest ; third longer than the fifth. Colour brown ; 1877.] FISHES FROM DUKE-OF*YORK ISLAND. 129 three large round black spots on the side of the neck ; the first above the ear-opening, the second immediately behind it, the third above the axil; a series of numerous smaller black irregular spots along the upper part of the sides. Sides finely mottled with black strias. Lower parts whitish ; throat of one Specimen with three blackish longitudinal bands, the middle being much less distinct than the lateral. in. lin; PB tail epee AS ate 3 tet yan 8 0 Distance of the snout from the eyerntr. cs. 33 FA = Gal eee ae 9 3 3 axle 5 * A; vent nets) PT Length of fore limb.................._. 1 0 Fe Chirnnpee: 0. oar terctad gins. 23 Fa hind limb 2c, i Ata ee ee eae 3 Secondeioe so alee. Acta Rs 2 35 TeL ines Ts tet vods Rue 3 s RGurtnufoers fee fe ts ene ets oie) 54 Be init hy tae Ae 8 0 3 LigLaruis MopgEstvs. A Snake widely spread in the Austro-Malayan region, Varying in some points which may generally be relied upon as constant charac- ters, and showing affinities to several very distinct types, hence often misunderstood, and appearing in the literature under many denomi- nations. It is distinguished by a depressed head, with rather broad snout, small eye, and subvertical pupil, appearing round when ex- panded. Normally two shields in front and behind the eye; but these shields are frequently confluent into one, sometimes on one side of the specimen only ; sometimes the lower preéocular coalesces with the loreal. Seven (very rarely eight) upper labials, the third and fourth entering the orbit. Arrangement of the temporals irregular and variable. Body elongate, slightly compressed, the ventral scutes showing more or less lateral keels, which disappear entirely in large females. Scales smooth, in seventeen rows. Ventral scutes varying between 180 and 212 ; analentire; subcaudals double, exceptionally confluent intoa single series. The maxillary series of teeth is formed by from ten to twelve teeth, the front teeth being the smallest ; they increase in Strength towards the middle of the bone, one or two before the penultimate being again smaller ; the penultimate is some- times as long as, sometimes a little longer than, the middle, some- times not separated by an interspace from the preceding, sometimes separated by a very small space only ; the last tooth generally, again, is small: it is not rarely altogether doubtful whether the dentition of a specimen should be considered diacranterian or syneranterian ; but it is never lycodont. The coloration is very uniform, above dark, below lighter, the dark colour sometimes descending on the scutes, the light sometimes Proc. Zoou. Soc.-—1877, No. IX. 9 130 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND [Feb. 20, ascending on the sides. Specimens from Ceram and Amboyna show generally a light colour. To this species I refer now the following Snakes, described by various authors :— 1837. Lycodon modestus, Schleg. Essai ii. p. 119 ; from Amboyna. 1854. Lycodon modestum and L. lividum, Dum. & Bibr. pp. 380 and 381; from Amboyna and Pulo Samao. 1861, Adblabes greineri, Bleeker, Rept. of Amboyna; from Am- boyna. 1861. Coronella rosenbergii, Bleeker, Rept. of Ceram; from Ceram. 1863. Lielaphis holochrous, Giinther, P. Z. S. p. 59; from Ceram. 1874. Lycodon aruensis, Doria, Ann. Mus. Gen. p. 352; from the Aru Islands. The specimens which I have examined are from Ceram, Mysol, and Amboyna ; and they differ less among each other than the two specimens from the Duke-of-York Island. Both have a syncrante- rian dentition (ten teeth); but one has eight upper labials, all the subcaudals divided, and 197 ventrals; the other has seven upper labials, 180 ventrals, and, singularly enough, only the first two and the last nineteen subcaudals divided, the sixty-three middle ones being entire. Other species belong to the same genus, and one or the other may eventually prove to be identical with the one described, viz. :— Lielaphis batjanensis, Gthr., from Batjan. Zamenophis australis, Gthr., from Cape York, with which Lycodon keyensis of Doria, from the Key Islands, appears to be identical. Lycodon parvus, Meyer, from Jobi. TROPIDONOTUS HYPOMELAS, sp. n. Body very slender; head moderately long and deep; eye large ; Fig. 1. SS ~ vA EA Head of Tropidonotus hypomelas. 1877.] FISHES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 131 scales in seventeen rows, all keeled ; ventrals 196, anal bifid; sub- caudals 99; anterior frontals truncated in front; loreal as high as long; two preeoculars, the upper just reaching to the upper surface of the head; three postoculars, the lower of which is the narrowest and smallest ; 9 upper labials, the fifth and sixth enter- ing the orbit ; temporals 2+3, the two anterior in contact with the postocular. The dentition is syncranterian, almost isodont. Upper parts brownish olive, with small blackish and whitish spots longitu- dinally arranged. Lower part of the anterior half of the trunk whitish, with a series of black spots along the median line of the abdomen, each scute having a black spot. In the middle of the length of the trunk the dark colour of the sides gradually encroaches on the scutes, which, on the hinder half of the body and on the tail, are uniform blackish. One specimen, thirty-two inches long, the length of the tail being nine inches. Drnpropuis MACROPS, sp. n. This Snake is distinguished from Dendrophis solomonis by its large eye, the diameter of which exceeds its distance from the nos- tril. Scales in thirteen rows; loreal large, longer than high ; eight or nine upper labials, two of which enter the orbit; one preeocular weer Head of Dendrophis macrops, not extending to the vertical; two postoculars ; temporals irregu- larly arranged, 2+2+ 2; ventrals 195, strongly keeled ; subcaudals 140; vertebral scales of moderate size; upper parts uniform olive- coloured ; scales with an elongate white spot on the outer margin ; upper part of head brownish olive; lower parts uniform greenish. One specimen, forty-six inches long, the tail being fourteen inches. Erezopuis, g. n. Erycid. Body stout and thick, covered with short scales, which are arranged in numerous rows, and provided with exceedingly strong keels. Head resembling that of a Crotaline suake, covered above and on the side with numerous scales ; rostral flat, truncated, oblique, not ex- tending to the upper surface of the snout 3; nostril very small, in the middle of an oblong shield ; eyes small, surrounded by small scales ; ventrals rather narrow ; tail very short, slightly prehensile, with a single series of subcaudals; teeth in both jaws numerous, the ante- rior of the maxillary, mandible, and palatine bones much enlarged ; tongue remarkably slender ; no rudiments of hind limbs. g* 132 ON REPTILES ETC. FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. [Feb. 20, EREBOPHIS ASPER, Sp. n. (Plate XXI.) The head of this singular Snake is subtriangular, with high sub- vertical sides, swollen behind and covered with small, obtusely keeled scales ; snout truncated in front, with a distinct canthus rostralis, the nasal plate being immediately below the canthus. Ten or eleven low labial shields form the margin of the upper lip, and are covered with minute tubercles. The skin behind the eye forms a fold with a more or less distinct hollow below it. Thirteen lower labials ; gular scales in many series. The body is very thick and short, distinctly compressed. The scales are short and rounded behind, thick and provided with a strong keel, forming in the middle of the body about forty-one longi- tudinal series. The longitudinal series do not run parallel to the vertebral line, but gradually descend backwards towards the belly. The three or four outer series of scales are smooth, the outermost being the largest. Ventrals 146; subcaudals 20. Upper parts dark brown, with indistinct patches of lighter brown. ’ All the lower parts and the smooth lateral series of scales yellowish. Only one specimen of this highly interesting Snake is in the col- lection ; it is twenty-nine inches long, the head measuring 12 inch, and the tail two inches. BATRACHIANS. PLATYMANTIS PLICIFERA, Gthr. Singular as it may appear, the Platymantis of Duke-of-York Island is not identical with P. vitiana from the Fiji Islands, but with P. plicifera from the Philippines. If single examples had been examined, slight differences in the form of the foremost part of the snout and in the length of the hind limb might have been regarded as indicative of specific distinctness ; but they prove to be merely individual when the whole series of specimens (five from Duke-of- York Island and six from the Philippines) is examined. Fisues. The species sent by Mr. Brown are twenty-five in number, belong- ing tc the most common forms generally distributed over the tropical parts of the Indo-Pacific region ; and as they evidently form but a very small proportion of the fish-fauna of this archipelago, an enu- meration of the species would add nothing to our knowledge. How- ever, the collection contained a specimen of Histiopterus typus (Schleg.), a species hitherto believed to be peculiar to the Japanese seas, and represented on the eastern and southern coasts of Aus- tralia by H. labiosus and H, recurvirostris. 1877.] ON CRUSTACEANS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 133 5. Ona Collection of Crustacea made by the Rev. G. Brown, C.M.Z.S., on Duke-of-York Island. By Epwarp J. Minrs, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological De- partment, British Museum. [Received February 19, 1877.] The Crustacea collected by Mr. Brown belong, with one exception (Lysiosquitla maculata), to the Decapoda, and amount in all to forty- four specimens, representing sixteen species. Although none of the species collected are new to science, several are interesting and little- known forms. I may particularly mention the Grapsodes notatus of Heller, originally described from specimens collected by the Novara Expedition at the Nicobars, and peculiar on account of the form of the carapace and structure of the orbital region; and the Sesarma ah of Hess, hitherto recorded only from Sydney, New South ales. I have added a description of a remarkable species of Sesarma (S, teniolata) in the British-Museum collection. The majority of the species collected by Mr. Brown are well-known forms, and gene- rally distributed throughout the Indo-Pacific region. ATERGATIS FLORIDUS. Cancer floridus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) p. 1041 (1766). Cancer ocyroé, Herbst, Naturg. Krabben u. Krebse, iii. (part 2) p- 20, pl. liv. fig. 2 (1801); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 375 (1834). Atergatis floridus, De Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust. (Dee. ii.) p. 46 (1835); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. i. p. 243 (1865). One example, a female, of this very common and widely distributed Indo-Pacitic species is in the collection. CARPILIUS CONVEXUS. Cancer convexus, Forskal, Descript. Animalium &c., Insecta, p- 88 (1775). Carpilius convecus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 382, pl. xvi. figs. 9 & 10 (1834); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiy. Mus. Hist. Nat. i. p: 215 (1865). Two specimens, both females, are in the collection. This is also a very common species, and generally distributed thronghout the Indo-Pacific region. In C. convevus the abdomen of the male is 6-, of the female 7-jointed; but in the males a small marginal fissure is usually to be observed on each side of the abdomen, mark- ing the line of coalescence of the third and fourth segments. In the females the right chela is usually very large and massive. 134 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEANS [Feb. 20, ETISUS DENTATUS. Cancer dentatus, Herbst, Naturg. Krabben u. Krebse, i. p. 186, pl. xi. fig. 66 (1790). Etisus dentatus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 411 (1834). One specimen, a female with ova, is in the collection. This is another widely distributed species. Specimens are in the British- Museum collection from the Mauritius, Torres Straits, and New Caledonia. ACTHODES TOMENTOSUS. Zozymus tomentosus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 385 (1834) ; Régne Animal de Cuvier, Atlas, pl. xi. dvs, fig. 2. Actaodes tomentosus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 197 (1852). ee tomentosa, A. M.-Edw., Nouv, Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. i. p- 262 (1865). Four specimens of this species, all of them males and three of large size, were collected. Length of largest specimen ? inch, greatest breadth 11 inch. Like most of the species collected, this is a very common Indo-Pacific species. I may here observe that M. A. Milne-Edwards, in his revision of the Cancride (Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. i. p. 259, 1865), has united the genera Actea and Acte@odes, not considering the excavate or non-excavate finger-tips a character of genericimportance. Dana, on the other hand (Expl. Exp. Crust. i. p. 147, 1852), has based his subfamilies Xanthinze and Chlorodinee upon this very peculiarity of structure, and has shown that the genera may be arranged in each division in two parallel series. I am inclined to think the latter the most natural and convenient arrangement of the genera; but it will probably be necessary, if Dana’s system be adopted, to unite the sub- families Cancrinze and Xanthine, as the genus Cancer bears nearly the same relation to Héisus in the Chlorodine, as Liomera to Carpi- lodes, or Xantho to Leptodius. LEPTODIUS EXARATUS, var. SANGUINEUS, Milne-Edwards. ? Chlorodius sanguineus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p, 402 (1834); Dana, U.S, Expl. Exp. xui. Crust. i. p. 207, pl. xi. fig. 11 (1852). Chlorodius nodosus, Randall, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 111 (1839); Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 210, pl. xi. fig. 14 (1852). ? Leptodius sanguineus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist, Nat. ix. p. 224 (1873). Five males and one female specimen of a Leptodius were collected, which I should have referred, without any doubt, to the Chlorodius sanguineus of Milne-Edwards, were it not that M. Alphonse Milne- Edwards in his description says:—‘‘ Jamais il n’y a de tubercules sur les parties saillantes.” In the specimens before me there is a slight tubercle on the carapace behind each tooth of the antero- 1877.] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 135 lateral margins. The Chlorodius nodosus of Randall, as figured by Dana (J. c.), is evidently the same species and variety as the speci- mens from Duke-of- York Island, and is not, I think, distinct from C. sanguineus as figured by the same author. The principal character that differentiates this variety from the typical evaratus is the presence of an additional small tooth behind the last tooth of the antero-lateral margins. C. sanguineus is considered a distinct species by Dana, and, with some hesitation, by A. Milne-Edwards, but was united with C. ewaratus by Stimpson in his preliminary “ Report on the Crustacea collected by the United-States Expedition to the North Pacific” (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 34, 1858). Ozius RUGULOSUS. Ozius rugulosus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 34 (1858); Heller, Voy. Novara, Crust. p. 22, pl. iii. fig. 1 (1865); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. ix. p. 240, pl. xi. fig. 3 (1873). Three specimens of this species are in the collection—two females and a young male. Specimens are in the British-Museum collection from the Mauritius, Australian coast, and New Hebrides; and it has been recorded from the Nicobars, Bonin Islands, Tahiti, and New Caledonia. Thus it is evident that its range extends over the whole Indo-Pacific region ; but it is probably nowhere a common species. ERIPHIA LEVIMANA. Eriphia levimana, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 427 (1834) ; Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 249, pl. xiv. fig. 7 (1852) ; A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. ix. p. 255 (1873). Two males and four females were collected by Mr. Brown. In the young animal the series of tubercles upon the frontal margin are not developed, the margin appearing subentire; but those on the postfrontal region and antero-lateral margins are clearly distinguish- able. #. levimana is distributed throughout the Indo-Pacific region ; there are specimens in the collection of the British Museum, from Madagascar and the Mauritius, that certainly belong to this species, and not to the allied HZ. smithit of M‘Leay (Anaulosa in Smith’s Zool. 8. Africa, p. 60), figured by Krauss (Stid-Afrikan. Krust. p. 36, pl. ii. fig. 3, 1843), of which specimens, from Port Natal, are in the Museum collection. OcyPoDE CERATOPHTHALMA. Cancer ceratophthalmus, Pallas, Spic. Zool. ix. p. 83. pl. v. figs. 7,8 (1772). Ocypode ceratophthalma, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 347 (1798) ; M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 48 (1837); Régne Animal de Cuvier, Atlas, Crust. pl. xvii. fig. 1; Ann. Sci. Nat. (Sér. 3) Zool. xviii. p. 141 (1852); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. ix. p. 270 (1873). In the collection are two specimens of an Ocypode, males, and both in a mutilated condition, which I refer to this species. In both specimens are to be seen the large orange-red blotches on the sides 136 MR. £. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEANS [Feb. 20, and back of the cardiac region which always characterize O. cera- tophthalma. ‘he terminal spines of the eyes in one specimen are quite short ; in the other specimen they are longer, but not one third of the total length of the eye. Occasionally they are very greatly elongated; and evidently their length is of no value as a specific character. O. ceratophthalma is a very common and generally distributed Indo-Pacific species. GRAPSUS STRIGOSUS. Cancer strigosus, Herbst, Naturg. der Krabben und Krebse, iii. (part 1) p. 55. pl. xlvii. fig. 7 (1799). Grapsus strigosus, Latr. Hist. Crust. et Ins. vi. p. 70 (1803); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 87 (1837); Aun. Sci. Nat. Zool. (Sér. 3) xx. p. 169 (1853); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. ix. p. 286 (1873), wbi synon. Two specimens, a male and a female with ova, both in an imper- fect condition, are in the collection. M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards (7. c.) has excellently summarized the characters which distinguish this common and variable species from the closely allied and still more common and variable G. pictus, and has indicated the synonymy of each species. G. strigosus is distributed throughout the Indo-Pacific region, and is even (as is also G. pictus) found on the western coast of the American continent. GRAPSODES NOTATUS. Grapsodes notatus, Heller, Reise der Novara, Crust. p. 58, pl. v. fig. 2 (1865). Three specimens, a young male and two females, are in the col- lection, which, I think, belong to this species. Dr. Heller’s speeimens were from the Nicobars; both the genus and species are unrepre- sented in the collection of the British Museum. The antero-lateral margins are described as 3-toothed, as are those of the specimens from Duke-of-York Island (including the external orbital tooth) ; in the figure of G. notatus there is an additional small antero-lateral tooth: this is piobably an error of the draughtsman. As in the allied genus Nectograpsus, there is a wide hiatus between the outer orbital tooth and the suborbital lobe; this is mentioned in Dr. Heller’s description, but not properly represented in the figure. Dr. Heller’s genus Grapsodes is evidently very nearly allied to Nectograpsus of the same author, principally differing in the existence of antero-lateral marginal teeth. The two genera, in fact, bear the same relation to one another in the subfamily Sesarminze as do certain species of Chasmagnathus to Cyclograpsus in the Grapsine. SESARMA ROTUNDATA. Sesarma rotundata, Hess, Archiv. f. Naturg. xxxi. p. 149, pl. vi. fig. 9 (1865). Three specimens of this species, all of them males, are in the collection. §S. rotundata belongs to the section of the genus in 1877.] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 137 which the lateral margin of the carapace is 3-toothed, and is distin- guished by the peculiar convexity of the hepatic regions, and the granulation of the front part of the carapace, and the anterior legs. The ambulatory legs are long and slender, the last joint much shorter than the preceding. The specimen described by Hess was from Sydney, NewSouth Wales; and specimens are in the British-Museum collection from the Fiji Islands (Nairai) and Eastern seas. I subjoin the description of a species in the British-Museum collection’. Srsarma (Hotomertopvs) ausryt. Sesarma (Holometopus) aubryi, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. Bulletin, v. p- 29 (1869) ; ix. p. 307, pl. xvi. fig. 3 (1873). Six specimens, four males and two females, of which one bears a considerable quantity of ova, were collected. They agree in all particulars with A. Milne-Edwards’s description of the species, based upon specimens collected at New Caledonia, except that in the figure of the abdomen, probably that of a male, the sides are represented nearly straight, and the terminal jot as broad at base as the preceding ; whereas in the specimens from Duke-of-York Island (as is usual in Sesarma and the allied genera) the terminal abdominal joint is much smaller than the preceding at its base. In the Sesarma (Pachysoma) hematocheir of De Haan (Faun. Japon. Crust. p. 62, pl. vii. fig. 4), upon which Milne-Edwards founded the genus Holometopus, the front is broader in proportion to its depth, the abdomen has the sides more decidedly concave, and the terminal joint longer; the differences between the two species, however, are very slight, and may depend upon the age of the specimen. CARDISOMA CARNIFEX, Cancer carnifex, Herbst, Naturg. Krabben u. Krebse, i. p. 163, pl. xli. fig. 1, g (1796). 1 SESARMA TENIOLATA. Sesarma teniolata, White, List Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 38 (1847), sine deser. Carapace quadrate and very convex, the groove defining the gastric region deep, the lateral margins with two prominent teeth (including the external orbital tooth). Front nearly vertically deflexed, the anterior margin sinuated, the median sinus wide ; postfrontal lobes four, not very abrupt; carapace behind the lobes slightly. granulated. Anterior legs robust ; arm with a very strong tooth near the distal extremity of its upper margin; wrist closely covered with granules or small tubercles, each of which is itself crenulated ; hand granulated externally, and with a strong granulated ridge on its inner surface; upper margin with a longitudinal, comb-like, closely pectinated ridge; mobile finger with a longitudinal ridge on its upper surface marked with about sixty trans- verse strix. Ambulatory legs compressed and slightly hairy. Abdomen of male with the last joint not half the width of the preceding. Length and breadth of carapace about 12 inch. Hab. Philippine Iskands (Cuming, coll. Brit. Mus.). This species is allied to S. tetragona, Fabr., but is distinguished from it by the ©urious longitudinal comb-like ridge on the upper margin of the hand and the ‘ransyersely striated ridge on the mobile finger. 138 ON CRUSTACEANS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. ([Feb. 20, Cancer hydromus, Herbst, J. c. p. 16, pl. xli. fig. 2, 2 (1796). Cardisoma carnifex, Latr. Encycl. Méth. Hist. Nat. x. p. 685 (1825) ; M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 23 (1837); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. ix. p. 264 (1873). In the single imperfect specimen (male) of this species in the collection a very small tooth exists at some distance behind the external orbital angle; the raised line defining the antero-lateral margins is continued but a short distance backward beyond this tooth; the left anterior leg is the larger; the ambulatory legs are clothed with long hairs. PAGURUS PUNCTULATUS. Pagurus punctulatus, Olivier, Encycl. Meth. viii. p. 641 (1811) ; M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 222 (1837). A single specimen of this very common species is in the collection, a female, inhabiting the shell of Doliwm perdiz. White, in the ‘List of Crustacea in the Collection of the British Museum,’ p. 60, adopts Herbst’s earlier name of Cancer megistos for this species; but, as the description and figure of C’. megistos are wanting in the only copy of Herbst’s work that I have seen, I retain for the present Milne-Edwards’s designation of Pagurus punctulatus, by which this species is generally known. PARRIBACUS ANTARCTICUS. Scyllarus antarcticus, Lund, Skrivt. Naturh. Selsk. Kjdben. Bd. ii. Heft 2, p. 22 (1793); Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 399 (1798). Ibacus antarticus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 287 (1837). Parribacus antareticus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. 1. p- 517, pl. xxxii. fig. 6 (1852). Two specimens, a male and a female, were collected. The male has the appendages (pleopoda) of the second and third abdominal segments much larger than those of the female, foliaceous, and equally developed; in those of the fourth and fifth segments the inner ramus is rudimentary. In the female the third, fourth, and fifth segments have the inner ramus of the appendages produced, substyliform, and two-jointed at its extremity. LySIOSQUILLA MACULATA. Squilla maculata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 511 (1793); Lamarck, Hist. Ann. sans Vert. v. p. 188 (1818) ; M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 518 (1837). Cancer (Mantis) arenarius, Herbst. Naturg. Krabben u. Krebse, ii. p. 96, pl. xxxiil. fig. 2 (1796). One specimen, a male, of this common Indo-Pacific species is in the collection. It is of rather small size (about 8 inches). This species, when fully grown, is probably the largest of the genus. M&N Hanhart imp M&N Hanharl. ry OM DUKE OF YORK ISLAND 1877.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 139 6. Note on the Echinodermata sent by the Rev. G. Brown from Duke-of-York Island. By Epear A. Situ, F.Z.8. [Received February 19, 1877.] The three species of Echinodermata in the collection made by the Rev. G. Brown are all common well-known forms, and have been recorded previously both from the Indian and Pacific Oceans. ASTERID. 1. ScyrasTerR varioLatus, Retzius. Other localities are Zanzibar, Bourbon, Mauritius, Rodriguez, New Caledonia. . 2. GYMNASTERIA CARINIFERA, Lamarck. This species has been brought from the Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Torres Straits, and Sandwich Islands. OpHIURID. 3. OpHrocoma ERINacEvs, Miiller & Troschel. Found also in the Red Sea, at Mozambique, Zanzibar, Rodriguez Island, Sandwich Islands, Society Islands, &c. 7. On a Collection of Lepidoptera made by the Rev. G. Brown on Duke-of-York Island and its Neighbourhood. By Osserr Satyrin, F.R.S., and F. DuCanr GopMan, F.Z.8. [Received February 2, 187 4 (Plates XXIT. & XXIII.) The collection of Butterflies made by Mr. Brown on Duke-of-York Island and the neighbouring islands of New Britain and New Ireland contains examples of 26 genera and 40 species, while in that of the Moths there are examples of 11 genera represented by 14 species. As might be expected from the close proximity of these islands to New Guinea, the Lepidopterous fauna partakes of the character of the larger island ; for, putting aside such widely ranging genera as Danais, Euplea, Mycalesis, &e., the presence of an Ornithoptera belonging to the O. priamus group, of Papilio euchenor and of a species of the P. ulysses group, as well as the absence of any thing like generic peculiarity, shows quite clearly where the relationship of the fauna lies, at least as regards the Butterflies. With the islands of the South Pacific which lie further to the east- ward and south-eastward, the Butterfly-fauna of which is slowly being brought to light, the comexion of New Britain and New Ireland is not so intimate. Mr. Butler (P. Z. S. 1874, p. 274 et seq.) has recently published a list of the species described up to that date from the South-Sea Islands; 140 MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON [Feb. 20, to this he has since made some additions (P. Z.S. 1875, p. 610). In this list he includes the species mentioned by Montrouzier in his article on the Butterflies of Woodlark Island, and also the few in- cluded in ‘The Entomology of the Voyage of the ‘Coquille,’’ from New Ireland. But Woodlark Island is very properly included in the Papuan fauna by Mr. Wallace; and New Ireland also belongs to the same fauna, as seems evident from the present collection. At least 27 species are included in Mr. Butler’s list from these localities ; and deducting them from the total of 104 species, we have 77 as the number of species at present known to inhabit the South- Sea Islands beyond the immediate influence of New Guinea. To these must be added the 23 additional species mentioned in Mr. Butler’s second paper, making a total of 100. Very much remains to be done before any thing like a complete knowledge of the Butter- flies of the South-Sea Islands is acquired; but it would seem that these islands can hardly fail to present a comparatively poor Lepi- dopterous fauna; and, judged by this standard, New Britain and the adjoining islands certainly cling to the richer fauna of New Guinea. Of the genera in the present collection not found in the South- Sea Islands proper, we have Cynthia, Rhinopalpa, Cethosia, Cyrestes, Minetra, Pithecops, and Ornithoptera; whilst, of the remainder, Drusilla is a very characteristic New-Guinea form, represented in Otaheite by a single species, and the rest are all more or less widely ranging genera. It is unfortunate that in making this collection Mr. Brown has not noted the particular island where each specimen was captured. The presence in it of two such distinct species of Ornithoptera as O. aruana and O. urvilliana is suggestive; and it seems very probable that the former was obtained in New Britain and the latter in New Ireland. As O. aruana has a very wide range, and the latter, as far as we yet know, an extremely limited one, it seems quite possible that the faunze of these two islands may differ more inter se than might be expected from the proximity of the two shores. We hope that Mr. Brown will be able to clear up this point, as it is one well worthy of investigation. A considerable number of the species in the present collection differ in a slight degree from their representatives from Western New Guinea and the adjoining islands. This is hardly surprising, seeing the wide interval of several hundred miles which intervenes between New Britain and the point previously investigated. Some of these races we have described in the present paper; others we leave until the receipt of additional specimens shows more clearly the extent to which they differ. The nearest point to New Britain which has had its Butterflies examined is Woodlark Island. This island is situated on the north side of the Louisiade archipelago, in about 9° S. lat., and 153° E. long. It remained undiscovered until 1836, but has since been visited by French missionaries, one of whom, M. Montrouzier, having made a small collection of Butterflies, described them in 1856 in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Phys. et Nat. de Lyon,’ Unfor- 1877.] BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 141 tunately the species there mentioned are, many of them, at present unknown to our collections 3; but the paper is one that has an im- portant bearing upon the nomenclature of the Butterflies of the eastern end of New Guinea and of the islands which lie beyond. In concluding these preliminary notes, we offer our thanks to Mr. A. G. Butler of the British Museum for his assistance in enabling us to compare our specimens with those in the national collection, and for his help in several matters connected with the subject of this paper, RHOPALOCERA. NYMPHALID4. DaNnaIna. 1. DANats AUSTRALIS. Danais australis, Hombr. & Jacq. Voy. Péle Sud, Zool. iv. p. 388, Atlas, t. 2. f. 5, 6 (N. Australia). The specimens sent (three in number) seem to agree better with the figure quoted above than with any other of the many local forms into which the widely ranging D. limniace (L.) has been divided. The hind wings have their distal halves of a paler brownish tint, and in this respect resemble the race described by Mr. Butler (Ent. Month. Mag. xi. p- 163), from New Guinea (Dorey), as D. leucoptera. 2. DANAIS SOBRINA. Danais sobrina, Boisd. Voy. Astr. Entom. p- 103, Atlas, t. 4. f. 3 (Bouru and New Guinea), The single specimen in the collection only differs from the plate quoted above in having the spots of both wings rather larger. 3. EupL@a UNIBRUNNEA, sp. n. 3 Exp. 4:9. Form similar to that of EZ. proethoé, Godt. Above uniform brown, except the granular patch and the portion of the hind wings covered by the fore wings, which are yellowish white : beneath brown, fore wings with a submarginal row of minute bluish-white spots and two larger ones, extracellular, one on each of the median interspaces; hind wings with a marginal row of similar spots, which become evanescent towards the anal angle; at the apical angle is another row of four spots inside the first row ; a row of seven spots surrounds the outside of the upperside and distal end of the cell; and, lastly, one is situated inside the cell close to the distal end. There are a pair of preocular spots, a pair of supra- ocular, a pair on the prothorax, and one on each of the wing- coverts. Obs. Allied to ZF. semicirculus, Butl. (EZ. cuvieri, Feld.), but differing in the absence of all spots on the upper surface of the wings. A large and apparently well-marked species, of which Mr. Brown’s collection contains two examples. The second specimen has a pinkish-white tinge on the cell of the primaries. 142 MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON [ Feb. 20, 4. EupLa@a prownl, sp. n. (Plate XXII. figs. 1, 2.) 3 Exp. 4°75. Form similar to that of Z. prothoé, Godt. Above uniform pale creamy buff with opalescent reflexions; the costa and outer margin of the anterior wings dark brown, the veins in both wings also dark brown, and the granular patch of the hind wings dark buff; beneath as above, both wings gradually shaded into tobacco-brown towards their bases; there are faint outlines of spots along the outer margin of the anterior wings, and others in a curve across the apex of both wings, also between the costal and radial nervules and one at the distal end of the cell. The colour of this remarkable species distinguishes it at once from all members of the genus. It is one of the finest novelties in Mr. Brown’s collection ; and we have much pleasure in naming it after him. 5. EUPL@A TREITSCHKII. Euplea treitschkii, Boisd. Voy. Astr. Ent. p. 98; D. & H. Gen. Diurn. Lep. t. 11. f. 2. Originally described from specimens obtained at Port Praslin, New Ireland. The single example sent agrees closely with the plate cited above, but differs in having more spots in the central area of the hind wings. 6. HAMADRYAS ZQUICINCTUS, Sp. n. Exp. 2°2. Closely allied to H. zoilus (Fab.), from which it only differs in having the white spot of the hind wings nearly circular, the black margin being of equal width round the apical angle and outer margin, gradually tapering along the inner margin towards the base of the wing. Of the several closely allied races of H. zozlus, this seems most entitled to separation ; still it must be admitted that the relationship is by no means remote. There are two specimens in the collection, agreeing with one another in the character pointed out above. SATYRINA. 7. MYCALESIS LUGENS. Mycalesis lugens, Butler, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 612. Agrees with the type in the British Museum, which was procured by Mr. Wykeham Perry on Vaté Island, New Hebrides. 8. MyYCALESIS FLAGRANS. Myealesis flagrans, Butler, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 4, xviii. p- 243. The specimen sent agrees very closely with the types of the species described by Mr. Butler (/. c.) as MM. flagrans. 9. MycaLusis MEDUS. Mycalesis medus (Fab.), Butl. Cat. Satyridee, p. 139. Agrees with Bornean and New-Guinea specimens in the British Museum. 1877. ] BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 143 Morpuinz&. 10. DrusiLLA ANABLEPS. Drusilla anableps, Voll. Tijdschr. v. Entom. iii. p. 40, t. 1. f. 3, and t. 2. f. 1 (1860) (Otaheiti). Mr. Brown has sent four specimens of Drusilla, one male and three females. The male and one of the females agree closely with Vollenhoven’s Plate, and seem to represent the true D. anableps. The other two females offer a certain amount of variation, of which we are not yet able to ascertain the value. It may be that the specimens of D. anadleps were taken on one island, and the other two females upon another; but on this point we have as yet no in- formation. In order to draw attention to these aberrant specimens, we append a description of one of them. Exp. 4:3. Dark brown, an oval white spot between the end of the cell of the anterior wings and the anal angle, but nowhere touching the outer or the inner margin; hind wings with a similar lunate spot, the horns clasping a large ocellus composed of an outer dark margin surrounding a circle of pale fawn-colour, having a black pupil pierced with a white spot: beneath as above, the white spot of the anterior wings being rather larger; the posterior wings have in addition an ocellus near the apical angle, round the inner margin of which the white patch is extended in a narrow curved line. NYMPHALIN. 11. CyNTHIA INSULARIS, Sp. 0. Q Exp. 4°4. An insular race of C. juliana (Cr. Pap. Ex. t. 280. f. A, B) from Amboyna, differing chiefly in the position of the white band, which in C. juliana erosses the hind wings inside the ocelli. In the present insect this band passes through and outside these ocelli, and between it and the outer margin of the wing are two submarginal dark undulating lines separated by whitish lunules. The general colour of the base of the wings is rich brown, without any greenish tinge ; beneath, the principal band which crosses the hind wings is straighter and broader than in C. juliana, and dark brown instead of black. A single female (the sex by which the races of Cynthia are most easily distinguishable) is in the collection. We have also compared it with the type of OC. ada, Butl. P. Z.S. 1873, p. 686, ex Queens- land, and find it distinct. 12. RHINOPALPA ALGINA? Vanessa algina, Boisd. Voy. Astr. Entom. p. 122; Hombr. & Jacq. Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. iv. p. 390, Atlas, t. 2. f. 8, 9 (Triton Bay, New Guinea). The single specimen sent has the fulvous transverse band of the anterior wings nearly straight, and thus resembles the figure cited above. In this respect it differs from R. amelia, Guér. (Voy. Coq. Zool. p. 278, t. 14. f. 1), where this band is distinctly angulated, as 144 MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON [ Feb. 20 in R. sabina, Cr. (Pap. Ex. t. 289. f. A-D)'. The spots near the apex of the wing are white, not fulvous, and are situated further from the costa than in Hombron and Jacquinot’s plate. The specimen is not in good condition ; and the examination of more examples may prove that the species is really distinct from any of those above mentioned. 13. JUNONIA VELLIDA. Papilio vellida, Fab. ; Donov. Ins. N. Holl. t. 25. f. 3. A single specimen of this widely ranging species is in the collection. 14. CETHOSIA OBSCURA. Cethosia obscura, Guér. Voy. Coq. Zool. p. 277, t. 15. f. 4 (New Ireland). Mr. Brown has sent two specimens of this rare species, which we believe has not been obtained since the voyage of the ‘Coquille,’ when specimens were taken at Port Praslin in New Ireland. 15, D1ADEMA INEXPECTATA, Sp. 0. 3g Exp. 3-4. Allied to D. alimena (L.), but differing in the much narrower band of blue which traverses both wings, and which becomes nearly obsolete as it turns towards the costa of the fore wings ; beneath the fore wings are devoid of the blue patch which traverses the median nervules, the apex of the wings is darker, and an oblique band of spots which passes from the costa to beyond the cell is evanescent; the hind wings show only traces of the pale transverse band of D. alimena, and the submarginal spots are much larger; the basal portion of both wings is deeper red-brown. The specimens of the widely ranging D. alimena are all fairly constant in their characters; and from them the male specimen in Mr. Brown’s collection differs in the above particulars. 16. DrapEMA UNICOLOR, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. figs 1, 2.) 3 Exp. 3°6. Above uniform dark brown; the margin of the secondaries hardly paler, with a narrow black submarginal line; a row of minute bluish spots parallel to the outer margin of both wings: beneath slightly paler; three bluish spots in the cell near the subcostal nervure, and a distinct row parallel to the outer margin; a marginal dark band with a central lighter band surrounds the outer margin of both wings. Allied to D. perryi, Butl. (P. Z.8. 1875, p. 613, t. 67. f.3), but differing in the uniformity of the colouring of the upper surface and the reduced size of the submarginal spots of both wings, and other characters. This species seems to be separable from any yet described. We compared it with the type of D. perry, and found that Mr. Brown’s specimen differed in several particulars. 1 The former of the last-named species is distinct from the latter, though placed together by Kirby (Cat. Lep. p. 192), as is quite apparent from a com- parison of the two sufficiently accurate figures. 1877.]} BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 145 17. CyREsTIS FRATERCULA. Exp. 2-2. Allied to C. acilia, Godt., from New Guinea, of which it is doubtless an insular race. The white band crossing both wings is comparatively narrow, and is drawn to a point at the costa of the anterior wings, and also as it approaches the anal angle of the hind wings. The fulvous patch at the same angle is restricted, and only surrounds the terminal ocellus. In this respect this race resembles C. lelia, Feld., and C. strigata, Feld., from both of which it differs in the pointed form of the transverse white band; beneath it re- sembles the race we believe to be C. strigata (exempl. in mus. nostr. ex Gilolo or Morty, Wallace), except that the white submarginal bands of the hind wings are all narrower, Two specimens of this Cyrestis are in the collection, both alike as to their markings. Though, as we have already stated, but a race of C. acilia, it seems as much entitled to separation as several other races which have had names bestowed upon them. 18. Mrinerra, sp.? One imperfectly developed specimen of a Minetra probably indi- cates that a distinct race inhabits these islands ; but it may be as well to defer characterizing it for the present, until more specimens come to hand. It most resembles specimens from Bouru and Ceram, collected by Mr. Wallace, and which are doubtless referable to the Amboyna species M. sylvia (Cram. Pap. Ex. t. 43. f. F, G). 19. DotescHaLuiaA BRowNI. (Plate XXII. figs. 3, 4.) 2 Exp. 3-8. Allied to D. australis, Feld. (Voy. Nov. Lep. p. 405, t. 51. f. 1,2), but larger; the inner edge of the terminal black portion of the primaries, instead of running nearly parallel to the outer margin, ends at the anal angle ; a well-defined subtriangular black spot at the end of the cell: the secondaries have the two black spots as in D. polibete, Cr., but are without either white or blue centres. Beneath there are well-defined light marks across the cell, beyond it, and in the apical angle ; the base of the secondaries has also two light spots of a violet tint 3; two ocelli on the secondaries beneath correspond to the black spots of the upper surface. We have been unable to find any species exactly corresponding to this. It differs from all we have seen, in the black of the primaries ending at the anal angle instead of on the inner margin. Both the species recently described by Mr. Butler, D. herrichii and D. mont- rouziert (P.Z.S. 1875, p. 612), the types of which we have ex- amined, appear to be quite distinct from the present insect. 20. CHARAXES JUPITER. ‘ Charazes jupiter, Butler, Lep. Ex. p- 14, t. 5. f. 4, 7. This handsome species, of which Mr. Brown has sent a single specimen, agrees well with Mr. Butler’s figure cited above. The original specimen was obtained by Mr. Wallace at Dorey, New Guinea. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. X. 10 146 MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON [Feb. 20, LYCAZNID&. 21. Lyc#NnA PH@BE. Lycena phoebe, Murray, Ent. M. Mag. x. p. 107 (S. Australia). A single specimen of a Lycena closely resembles specimens in the British Museum bearing the above name. 22. Lycmna, sp. ? A mutilated specimen of a pale blue species, perhaps allied to L. cleodus, Feld. (Voy. Nov. Lep. t. 34. f. 20, 21). 23. LAMPIDES BZETICUS. Papilio beticus, L. Of this widely ranging species Mr. Brown sends a single specimen. 24, LAMPIDES BERENICE. Lycena berenice, H.-Sch. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 74. A single specimen agreeing with specimens thus named in the British Museum. 25, SCOLITANTIDES CLEOTAS. Polyommatus cleotas, Guér. Voy. Coq. p. 277, t. 18. f. 4. A single specimen of this species, the first examples of which were obtained during the voyage of the ‘Coquille’ at Port Praslin, New Ireland. This specimen agrees with the plate quoted above as to the distribution of blue on the primaries, and thus shows that Mr. Butler was justified in separating the New-Hebrides species as S. excellens (P. Z.S. 1875, p. 616, t. 67. f. 1, 2). 26. PirHEcors DIONISIUS. Lycena dionisius, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Ent. p. 82 (New Guinea). A single specimen agreeing with a New-Guinea example obtained by Mr. Wallace. PAPILIONIDE. PIERINE. 27. TrRtas, sp. ? A male and two females of a species closely allied to 7. candida (Cr. Pap. Ex. t. 331. f. A), but differing in having a narrower black outer border, and in the greater extent of the black on the inner margin of the hind wings. ‘The latter character is especally shown in the female, where the black extends over the base of the primaries. The specimens are not in very good condition, and we prefer waiting till we can examine more examples before describing the species. 28. ELODINA HYPATIA. Llodina hypatia, Feld. Voy. Nov. Lep. p. 216 (New Guinea). Three specimens, one male and two females, apparently belonging to this species. 1877. ] BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 147 29. Pieris QUADRICOLOR, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. figs. 3, 4.) 3 Exp. 2°6. Above white, both wings margined except on their inner border with black; inside the black border and the base of the wings greyish: beneath as above, except that there is no grey on the inner margin of the black border, and that the basal two thirds of the secondaries is yellow; the black border beneath is pure and without any spots or markings. This appears to be a distinct species from any yet described. It belongs to the genus Belenois of Mr. Butler’s arrangement of the Pieridze, and is perhaps most nearly related to P. affinis, Voll., from Celebes. 30. CALLIDRYAS CROCALE. Papilio crocale (Cr.). A single female specimen, apparently of this species. PaPILIONINe. 31. ORNITHOPTERA ARUANA. Ornithoptera aruana, Feld. Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 391. Papilio aruana, Feld. Voy. Nov. Lep. p. 3, t. 1. Specimens sent by Mr. Brown agree best with our Aru examples of O.